-
1 commissio
commissĭo, ōnis, f. [committo].I.(Acc. to committo, I. B.) Lit., a setting or bringing together in contest; hence, the beginning of a contest (in the public games, etc.):B.tecum ago, ut jam ab ipsā commissione ad me... persequare, etc.,
Cic. Att. 15, 26, 1; 16, 5, 1:ludorum,
Suet. Aug. 43; id. Galb. 6; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 6; id. Pan. 54, 1; Macr. S. 2, 7.—Meton., a speech at the opening of the games; hence, a prize declamation, ostentatious speech, agônisma, Calig. ap. Suet. Calig. 53; Suet. Aug. 89; v. Casaub. in h. ll.—II. -
2 refutar
v.to refute.* * *1 to refute, disprove* * *verb* * *VT to refute* * *verbo transitivo to refute* * *= disprove, refute, contest, rebut.Ex. It is the ideology which was urged against Panizzi and was cogently disproved by him before the Royal Commission but whose seductive simplicity has always found friends to keep it alive.Ex. The title, 'The Catalog in the World Around It,' suggests that the catalog is an abstract; I would like to refute that suggestion in the beginning.Ex. Unfortunately I have not been able to find another survey which incorporates data which would support or contest the conclusions of the Luton survey.Ex. This article compares CD-ROM and online systems, rebutting negative attitudes to CD-ROMs.----* refutar una alegación = refute + allegation.* refutar una idea = quarrel with + notion.* refutar un caso = state + case against.* * *verbo transitivo to refute* * *= disprove, refute, contest, rebut.Ex: It is the ideology which was urged against Panizzi and was cogently disproved by him before the Royal Commission but whose seductive simplicity has always found friends to keep it alive.
Ex: The title, 'The Catalog in the World Around It,' suggests that the catalog is an abstract; I would like to refute that suggestion in the beginning.Ex: Unfortunately I have not been able to find another survey which incorporates data which would support or contest the conclusions of the Luton survey.Ex: This article compares CD-ROM and online systems, rebutting negative attitudes to CD-ROMs.* refutar una alegación = refute + allegation.* refutar una idea = quarrel with + notion.* refutar un caso = state + case against.* * *refutar [A1 ]vtto refute* * *
refutar verbo transitivo to refute
' refutar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
impugnar
English:
contest
- disprove
- refute
- counter
* * *refutar vtto refute* * *v/t refute* * *refutar vt: to refute♦ refutación nf -
3 am
Präp. + Art.1. an2. im Sup.: am besten, schnellsten etc. the best, fastest etc.3. im Datum: am 1. März on March 1st; am Tage (+ Gen) on the day of; bei Wochentagen: am Sonntag on Sunday, bes. Am. Sunday; bei Tageszeiten: am Abend / Morgen in the evening / morning; am Mittag at midday ( oder lunchtime); am Tage during the day4. in geografischen Bezeichnungen: Frankfurt am Main Frankfurt / Main, Frankfurt on Main; am Äquator at ( oder on) the equator; am Meer by the sea(side), on the coast; am Nordpol at the North Pole5. in Wendungen: am Ball sein / bleiben be / keep on the ball; am Ende at the end; in the end; am Leben sein be alive; am Lager in stock; am Rande (erwähnen) in passing; (sich befinden) on the sidelines; am Stück unsliced; am Werk sein be at work; am Ziel have reached one’s destination; (fig.) have reached ( oder achieved) one’s goal; du bist am Zug it’s your turn6. umg.: am Arbeiten, Schlafen etc. sein be (busy) working, sleeping etc.; gerade am Gehen sein be just leaving* * *ạm [am]prep1)See:von an dem2)am besten machen wir das morgen — we'd do best to do it tomorrow, the best thing would be for us to do it tomorrow
am seltsamsten war... — the strangest thing was...
3) (als Zeitangabe) onam letzten Sonntag — last Sunday
am 8. Mai — on the eighth of May, on May (the (Brit)) eighth; (geschrieben) on May 8th
am Morgen/Abend — in the morning/evening
am Tag darauf/zuvor — (on) the following/previous day
4) (als Ortsangabe) on the; (bei Gebirgen) at the foot of theSee:→ auch an5)ich war gerade am Weggehen — I was just leaving6) (Aus = auf dem) on the7) (COMM)* * ** * *am[am]= an dem\am schnellsten/schönsten sein to be [the] fastest/most beautifulich bin \am Schreiben! I'm writing!* * *Präposition + Art1)= an dem —
2) (räumlich)Frankfurt am Main — Frankfurt on [the] Main
am Marktplatz — on the market square or place
am Meer/Fluss — by the sea/on or by the river
am Anfang/Ende — at the beginning/end
sich am Kopf stoßen — bang one's head
3) (österr.): (auf dem) on the4) (zeitlich) onam 19. November — on 19 November
am Anfang/Ende — at the beginning/end
am gescheitesten/schönsten sein — be the cleverest/most beautiful
am schnellsten laufen — run [the] fastest
6) (nach bestimmten Verben)am Gelingen eines Planes usw. zweifeln — have doubts about or doubt the success of a plan etc.
am Wettbewerb teilnehmen — take part in the contest
7) (zur Bildung der Verlaufsform)am Verwelken/Verfallen sein — be wilting/decaying
* * *am präp & art1. → an2. im sup:am besten, schnellsten etc the best, fastest etc3. im Datum:am 1. März on March 1st;am Abend/Morgen in the evening/morning;am Tage during the dayFrankfurt am Main Frankfurt/Main, Frankfurt on Main;am Äquator at ( oder on) the equator;am Meer by the sea(side), on the coast;am Nordpol at the North Pole5. in Wendungen:am Ball sein/bleiben be/keep on the ball;am Ende at the end; in the end;am Leben sein be alive;am Lager in stock;am Stück unsliced;am Werk sein be at work;du bist am Zug it’s your turn6. umg:am Arbeiten, Schlafen etcsein be (busy) working, sleeping etc;gerade am Gehen sein be just leaving* * *Präposition + Art1)= an dem —
2) (räumlich)Frankfurt am Main — Frankfurt on [the] Main
am Marktplatz — on the market square or place
am Meer/Fluss — by the sea/on or by the river
am Anfang/Ende — at the beginning/end
3) (österr.): (auf dem) on the4) (zeitlich) onam 19. November — on 19 November
am Anfang/Ende — at the beginning/end
am gescheitesten/schönsten sein — be the cleverest/most beautiful
am schnellsten laufen — run [the] fastest
am Gelingen eines Planes usw. zweifeln — have doubts about or doubt the success of a plan etc.
am Verwelken/Verfallen sein — be wilting/decaying
-
4 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
5 day
dei
1. noun1) (the period from sunrise to sunset: She worked all day; The days are warm but the nights are cold.) día2) (a part of this period eg that part spent at work: How long is your working day?; The school day ends at 3 o'clock; I see him every day.) jornada3) (the period of twenty-four hours from one midnight to the next: How many days are in the month of September?) día4) ((often in plural) the period of, or of the greatest activity, influence, strength etc of (something or someone): in my grandfather's day; in the days of steam-power.) los tiempos de•- daybreak- day-dream
2. verbShe often day-dreams.) soñar despierto- daylight- day school
- daytime
- call it a day
- day by day
- day in
- day out
- make someone's day
- one day
- some day
- the other day
day n díawhat day is the party? ¿qué día es la fiesta?tr[deɪ]1 (24 hours) día nombre masculino■ how was your day? ¿qué tal tu día?3 (period of work) jornada, día nombre masculino5 (period of time) época, tiempo■ in my day... en mis tiempos...1 (period) época, tiempos nombre masculino plural\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLa nine days' wonder un prodigio efímeroany day now cualquier día de éstosby day de día, durante el díaday after day día tras díaday and night día y nocheday by day día a día, de día en díaday in, day out todos los díasevery day todos los díasevery other day un día sí un día no, cada dos díasfrom one day to the next de un día para (el) otrohave a nice day! ¡que tengas un buen día!in this day and age hoy (en) díain those days en aquellos tiempos, en aquella épocait's all in a day's work todo forma parte del trabajothat'll be the day cuando las ranas críen pelosthe day after tomorrow pasado mañanaon the following day al día siguientethese days hoy en día... to the day hoy hace exactamente...to this day hasta el día de hoynot to be my «(your, his, etc)» day no ser mi (tu, su, etc) díasomebody's/something's days are numbered tener alguien/algo los días contadosto be... if one's a day tener como mínimo... años■ she's 50 if she's a day tiene como mínimo 50 años, no puede tener menos de 50 añosto call it a day dar algo por terminadoto carry the day / win the day prevalecerto have had one's day haber pasado a la historia, haber pasado de modato be one of those days ser un día de aquéllosto have one of those days tener un día de aquéllosto make a day of it quedarse todo el díato make somebody's day alegrarle la vida a alguienday labourer jornalero,-aday nursery guardería (infantil)day off día libreday of reckoning día nombre masculino del juicio finalday release sistema que permite a un,-a empleado,-a asistir a un curso un día de la semanaday return billete nombre masculino de ida y vuelta para el mismo díaday room sala comunal en hospitales etcday school colegio sin internadoday shift turno de díaday trip excursión nombre femenino (de un día)day ['deɪ] n1) : día m2) date: fecha f3) time: día m, tiempo min olden days: intaño4) workday: jornada f laboraladj.• diurno, -a adj.n.• día s.m.• fecha s.f.deɪ1) ( unit of time) día mhe's arriving in two days o in two days' time — llega dentro de dos días
a nine days' wonder: the case was a nine days' wonder el interés en el caso duró lo que un suspiro; from day one — desde el primer momento
2) ( daylight hours) día mday and night — día y noche; happy 1) a), light I 1)
3)a) ( point in time) día mwhat day is (it) today? — ¿qué día es hoy?
every other day — un día sí y un día no, día por medio (CS, Per)
the day before yesterday — anteayer, antes de ayer
day by day — día a día, de día en día
day in, day out — todos los días
from day to day — de día en día, día a día
from this day on(ward) — de hoy or de ahora en adelante
it's not my/his day — no es mi/su día
that'll be the day — (colloq & iro) cuando las ranas críen cola
did you have a good/bad day? — ¿te fue or te ha ido bien/mal hoy?
have a good o nice day! — (esp AmE) que le vaya bien!
any day — (colloq)
caviar? I'd rather have a hamburger any day — ¿caviar? prefiero mil veces una hamburguesa
at the end of the day — a or en fin de cuentas, al fin y al cabo
to call it a day — ( temporarily) dejarlo para otro día; ( permanently) dejar de trabajar (or estudiar etc)
to make somebody's day — (colloq) alegrarle la vida a alguien
to save for a rainy day — ahorrar para cuando lleguen las vacas flacas
b) (specified day, date) día mit's her day for doing the washing — hoy le toca lavar (la ropa) or (Esp) hacer la colada
c) ( working day) jornada f, día m4)a) ( period of time) día min days gone by — (liter) antaño (liter)
in days to come — (liter) en días venideros (liter)
in days of old, in olden days — (liter) antaño (liter)
in this day and age — hoy (en) día, el día de hoy
in those days — en aquellos tiempos, en aquella época
it's early days yet — (BrE) aún es pronto
to have seen o known better days — haber* visto tiempos mejores
b) (period of youth, success) (no pl) día mto have had one's day: the steam engine has had its day — la locomotora de or a vapor ha pasado a la historia
to end one's days — acabar mis (or sus etc) días
his days are numbered — tiene los días contados
5) ( contest)to carry o win the day — prevalecer*
to save the day: her quick thinking saved the day — su rapidez mental nos (or los etc) sacó del apuro
6) days (as adv)[deɪ]1. N1) (=24 hours) día mwhat day is it today? — ¿qué día es hoy?
•
he works eight hours a day — trabaja ocho horas al día•
any day — un día cualquiera•
day by day — de un día para otro, de día a día (LAm)•
every day — cada día, todos los días•
one fine day — el día menos pensado•
on the following day — al día siguiente•
for days on end — durante días•
from day to day — de día en díato live from day to day or from one day to the next — vivir al día
•
day in day out — un día sí y otro también•
you don't look a day older — no pasan por ti los días, no pareces un día más viejo•
on the day everything will be all right — para el día en cuestión todo estará en orden•
one day — un día•
the other day — el otro día•
some day — un día•
(on) that day — aquel díathat day when we... — aquel día en que nosotros...
•
one of these days — un día de estos•
50 years ago to the day — (hoy) hace exactamente 50 años- carry or win the day- give sb his day in courtblack 1., 6)to make sb's day —
2) (=daylight hours, working hours) jornada f•
to work all day — trabajar todo el día•
a day at the seaside — un día de playa•
to travel by day, travel during the day — viajar de día•
good day! — ¡buenos días!to take a day off — darse un día libre, no presentarse en el trabajo
•
on a fine/wet day — un día bonito/lluvioso•
one summer's day — un día de verano- call it a day3) (=period)during the early/final days of the strike — durante los primeros/últimos días de la huelga
•
it has seen better days — ya no vale lo que antes•
until my dying day — hasta la muerte•
it's early days yet — todavía es pronto•
the happiest days of your life — los mejores días de su vida•
in those days — en aquellos tiemposin this day and age, in the present day — hoy en día
•
in the good old days — en los viejos tiempos•
these days — hoy en día•
those were the days, when... — esa fue la buena época, cuando...•
to this day — hasta el día de hoy•
in his younger days — en su juventudto have had one's day —
dog 1., 1), time 1., 1)he's had his day — pasó de moda, está acabado
2.CPDday bed N — (US) meridiana f
day boarder N — (Brit) (Scol) alumno(-a) m / f de media pensión
day boy N — (Brit) (Scol) externo m
day centre N — (Brit) centro m de día
day girl N — (Brit) (Scol) externa f
Day of Judgement N — día m del Juicio Final
day labourer, day laborer (US) N — jornalero m
day nurse N — enfermero(-a) m / f de día
day nursery N — guardería f
day one N —
•
from day one — (=from the beginning) desde el principio or el primer día•
on day one — (=at the beginning) el primer díaday pass N — (for museum, train) pase m de un día; (at ski resort) forfait m de un día
day pupil N — (Brit) (at boarding school) alumno(-a) m / f externo(-a)
day rate N — (=daily rate) tarifa f diaria; (as opposed to night rate) tarifa f diurna
day release N —
•
to be on day release — [prisoner] estar en régimen de prisión abiertaday release job N — (for prisoner) trabajo m fuera de la cárcel
day release course N — (Brit) (Comm, Ind) curso m de un día a la semana (para trabajadores)
day return (ticket) N — (Brit) billete m de ida y vuelta en el día
day school N — colegio m sin internado
day shift N — (in factory etc) turno m de día
day surgery N — cirugía f ambulatoria
day trader N — (Comm) operador que realiza operaciones de compraventa en el mismo día
to go on a day trip to London — ir un día de excursión or (LAm) de paseo a Londres
day tripper N — excursionista mf
* * *[deɪ]1) ( unit of time) día mhe's arriving in two days o in two days' time — llega dentro de dos días
a nine days' wonder: the case was a nine days' wonder el interés en el caso duró lo que un suspiro; from day one — desde el primer momento
2) ( daylight hours) día mday and night — día y noche; happy 1) a), light I 1)
3)a) ( point in time) día mwhat day is (it) today? — ¿qué día es hoy?
every other day — un día sí y un día no, día por medio (CS, Per)
the day before yesterday — anteayer, antes de ayer
day by day — día a día, de día en día
day in, day out — todos los días
from day to day — de día en día, día a día
from this day on(ward) — de hoy or de ahora en adelante
it's not my/his day — no es mi/su día
that'll be the day — (colloq & iro) cuando las ranas críen cola
did you have a good/bad day? — ¿te fue or te ha ido bien/mal hoy?
have a good o nice day! — (esp AmE) que le vaya bien!
any day — (colloq)
caviar? I'd rather have a hamburger any day — ¿caviar? prefiero mil veces una hamburguesa
at the end of the day — a or en fin de cuentas, al fin y al cabo
to call it a day — ( temporarily) dejarlo para otro día; ( permanently) dejar de trabajar (or estudiar etc)
to make somebody's day — (colloq) alegrarle la vida a alguien
to save for a rainy day — ahorrar para cuando lleguen las vacas flacas
b) (specified day, date) día mit's her day for doing the washing — hoy le toca lavar (la ropa) or (Esp) hacer la colada
c) ( working day) jornada f, día m4)a) ( period of time) día min days gone by — (liter) antaño (liter)
in days to come — (liter) en días venideros (liter)
in days of old, in olden days — (liter) antaño (liter)
in this day and age — hoy (en) día, el día de hoy
in those days — en aquellos tiempos, en aquella época
it's early days yet — (BrE) aún es pronto
to have seen o known better days — haber* visto tiempos mejores
b) (period of youth, success) (no pl) día mto have had one's day: the steam engine has had its day — la locomotora de or a vapor ha pasado a la historia
to end one's days — acabar mis (or sus etc) días
his days are numbered — tiene los días contados
5) ( contest)to carry o win the day — prevalecer*
to save the day: her quick thinking saved the day — su rapidez mental nos (or los etc) sacó del apuro
6) days (as adv) -
6 cachas
adj.he-man, strong man.m. s.&pl.handsome and well-developed man.pres.indicat.2nd person singular (tú) present indicative of spanish verb: cachar.* * *1 familiar (hombre musculoso) hunk* * *Iadjetivo invariable (Esp fam) strong, muscly (colloq)IImasculino (Esp fam) he-man (colloq), hunk (colloq)* * *= boofy [boofie], hunk, stud, hunk of a man, dishy [dishier -comp., dishiest -sup.].Ex. Shock as boofy blokes beat weedy intellectual in popularity contest.Ex. The gay bar we see at the beginning of the film looks like a dark harem of good-looking hunks.Ex. 'Slut'/'angel' and 'wuss'/' stud' dichotomies provide an oversimplified grid from which adolescents negotiate complex feelings towards their own sexuality.Ex. Our sense of beauty serves an evolutionary function: it helps us choose the best mates -- the wide-hipped woman best suited to bearing children, or the broad-shouldered hunk of a man who could protect and provide.Ex. By chance, Giselle meets dishy divorce lawyer Robert Philip and his young daughter who are captivated by her sweetness and innocence.----* tío cachas = stud, hunk, hunk of a man.* * *Iadjetivo invariable (Esp fam) strong, muscly (colloq)IImasculino (Esp fam) he-man (colloq), hunk (colloq)* * *= boofy [boofie], hunk, stud, hunk of a man, dishy [dishier -comp., dishiest -sup.].Ex: Shock as boofy blokes beat weedy intellectual in popularity contest.
Ex: The gay bar we see at the beginning of the film looks like a dark harem of good-looking hunks.Ex: 'Slut'/'angel' and 'wuss'/' stud' dichotomies provide an oversimplified grid from which adolescents negotiate complex feelings towards their own sexuality.Ex: Our sense of beauty serves an evolutionary function: it helps us choose the best mates -- the wide-hipped woman best suited to bearing children, or the broad-shouldered hunk of a man who could protect and provide.Ex: By chance, Giselle meets dishy divorce lawyer Robert Philip and his young daughter who are captivated by her sweetness and innocence.* tío cachas = stud, hunk, hunk of a man.* * *un tío cachas a real muscleman ( colloq), a strong o muscly guyestá cachas there's plenty of muscle on him ( colloq)* * *
Del verbo cachar: ( conjugate cachar)
cachas es:
2ª persona singular (tú) presente indicativo
Multiple Entries:
cachar
cachas
cachar ( conjugate cachar) verbo transitivo
‹ persona›:◊ la caché del brazo I caught o grabbed her by the arm
cachas
I adj fam estar cachas, to be really muscular
II mf fam hunk
* * *♦ adj[fuerte] well-built, beefy;estar cachas to be well-built;ponerse cachas to put on muscle♦ nm inv[hombre fuerte] he-man, muscleman* * *adj:estar cachas fam be a real hunk fam -
7 Mars
Mars (archaic and poet. Māvors, q. v.), Martis (collat. reduplic. form Marmar, in the Song of the Arval Brothers; v. the following, and Mamers), m. [root mar-, gleam; Sanscr. marīkis, beam of light; hence Mars, the bright god; cf.: marmor, mare], Mars, who, as father of Romulus, was the primogenitor of the Roman people, the god of war, of husbandry, of shepherds and seers. For him was named the month of Martius, March, the beginning of the Roman year, Ov. F. 3, 73 sqq.:II.legio Martia... ab eo deo, a quo populum Romanum generatum accepimus,
Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5:Mars pater te precor quaesoque, uti sies volens propitius mihi, etc.,... ut tu morbos visos invisosque viduertatem vastitudinemque, calamitates intemperiasque prohibessis, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 2; cf., in the Song of the Arval Brothers, NEVE LVERVE MARMAR SINS INCVRRERE IN PLEORIS;for Mars pater, the forms Marspiter, gen. Marspitris, or -tĕris, and Maspiter were also employed,
Gell. 5, 12, 5; Macr. S. 1, 12; 19; Varr. L. L. 8, § 33 Müll.; 9, § 75; 10, § 65; Prisc. p. 695:Mars Gradivus, Quirinus, Silvanus, Ultor, v. under h. vv.: Mars durus,
Verg. E 10, 44:torvus,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 17:cruentus,
id. ib. 2, 14, 13:ferus,
Ov. H. 7, 160; id. F. 4, 25:ferox,
id. M. 13, 11:bellicus,
id. F. 3, 1:fortibus sane oculis Cassius (Martem spirare dicens) se in Siciliam non iturum,
Cic. Att. 15, 11. The Salii were destined for his service, Liv. 1, 20, 4; horses and bulls were offered to him, Paul. ex Fest. p. 61 Müll.; Ov. H. 6, 10; Macr. S. 3, 10, 4:per Martem, a soldier's oath,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 21. He was often appealed to in oaths, etc., esp. by soldiers:Nam neque Duellona mi umquam neque Mars creduat, ni, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 8; id. Mil. 1, 1, 11; id. Truc. 3, 1, 11.—Transf.A.War, battle, a conflict, engagement, contest, etc.; also the art of war: cum veter occubuit Priamus sub Marte Pelasgo, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 607 P. (Ann. v. 17 Vahl.):B.Martem accendere cantu,
to incite to battle, Verg. A. 6, 165:apertus,
fighting in the open field, Ov. M. 13, 27: equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare, i. e. to fight both in their own fashion (on horseback) and in one which was strange to them (on foot), Liv. 3, 62, 9:pugna jam in manus, jam in gladios, ubi Mars est atrocissimus, venerat,
id. 2, 46, 3:terribili Marte ululare,
Plin. 26, 4, 9, § 19:captam sine Marte,
Stat. Ach. 1, 401:quos amisimus cives, eos Martis vis perculit, non ira victoriae,
Cic. Marcell. 6, 17.— Poet.:Mars forensis,
a contest in the forum, legal contest, Ov. P. 4, 6, 29; cf.:et fora Marte suo litigiosa vacent,
id. F. 4, 188.—Hence, prov.: suo (nostro, vestro) Marte, by one's own exertions, without the assistance of others:rex ipse suo Marte res suas recuperavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95; id. Off. 3, 7, 34:cum vos vestro Marte his rebus omnibus abundetis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 9.—The issue of a war or a battle, the fortune of war:C.cum omnis belli Mars communis, et cum semper incerti exitus proeliorum sint,
Cic. Fam. 6, 4, 1: communis adhuc Mars belli erat, Liv. 10, 28:aequo Marte,
with equal advantage, on equal terms, Caes. B. G. 7, 19, 3; 8, 19, 2; Curt. 4, 1, 8:pari Marte,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 19:aequato Marte,
Liv. 1, 25:verso Marte ( = versā fortunā),
id. 29, 3, 11:vario Marte pugnatum est,
Quint. 8, 6, 24:incerto Marte,
Tac. H. 4, 35:anceps,
Liv. 7, 29, 2; 21, 1, 2:dubius,
Vell. 2, 55, 3.—The planet Mars: Jovis stellae proximum inferiorem orbem tenet puroeis, quae stella Martis appellatur, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; 2, 46, 119; Plin. 2, 8, 6, § 34; 2, 15, 12, § 60; Hyg. Astr. 2, 42:III. a.Martis sidus,
Cassiod. Var. 11, 36.—Hence,Of or belonging to Mars:b.lupus,
sacred to Mars, Verg. A. 9, 566; cf.: Martius lupus, integer et intactus, gentis nos Martiae et conditoris nostri admonuit, descended from Mars (since Mars is the father of Romulus and Remus), Liv. 10, 27:legio,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 6; 4, 2, 5:miles,
Ov. M. 14, 798:proles,
i. e. Romulus and Remus, id. F. 3, 59:anguis,
sacred to Mars, id. M. 3, 32:judicium,
i. e. of the Areopagus at Athens, App. M. 10, p. 718 Oud.: Campus;v. campus: harena,
a place in the Circus where the gladiators fought, Ov. Tr. 2, 282; Mart. 2, 75, 8:gramen,
i. e. the Field of Mars, Hor. C. 3, 7, 26: Martius mensis, the month of March, formerly the first month of the year, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 13:Martii Calendis,
Hor. C. 3, 8, 1: Idus Martiae, the Ides of March, famous as the day on which Julius Cæsar was killed, Cic. Att. 14, 4, 2; cf. 14, 20, 1 sq.; id. Phil. 2, 35, 88; id. Fam. 10, 28, 1.— In the form Mavortius ( poet.):moenia,
i. e. Rome, Verg. A. 1, 276:tellus,
i. e. Thrace, id. G. 4, 462:conjux,
i. e. Venus, Val. Fl. 2, 208:proles,
i. e. the Thebans, Ov. M. 3, 531; cf.:seges belli (because sprung from the dragon's teeth),
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 135.—Transf.1.Warlike, martial:2.Martia Penthesilea,
Verg. A. 11, 661:Martia saeculi voluptas,
Mart. 5, 24, 1:Martius aeris rauci canor,
Verg. G. 4, 71:vulnera,
id. A. 7, 182:Thebe,
i. e. where many wars were carried on, Ov. Am. 3, 6, 33.—Of or belonging to the planet Mars:IV.ille fulgor rutilus, horribilisque terris, quem Martium dicitis,
Cic. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—As subst.: Mar-tĭus, ii, m. (sc. mensis), March, the month of March:Mensium nomina fere aperta sunt, si a Martio, ut antiqui constituerunt, numeres, Nam primus a Marte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 4, § 33.—Martĭālis, e, adj.A.Of or belonging to Mars: Flamen, Varr L. L. 5, § 84 Müll.;B.7, § 45 ib.: lupus,
sacred to Mars, Hor. C. 1, 17, 9:ludi,
in honor of Mars, Suet. Claud. 1: Martialis collis, near the temple of Deus Fidius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 52 Müll.— Subst.: Martĭālis, is, m., a priest of Mars:Martiales quidam Larini appellabantur, ministri publici Martis,
Cic. Clu. 15, 43.—Belonging to the legio Martia; hence, Martĭāles, the soldiers of the legio Martia, Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5. -
8 Martiales
Mars (archaic and poet. Māvors, q. v.), Martis (collat. reduplic. form Marmar, in the Song of the Arval Brothers; v. the following, and Mamers), m. [root mar-, gleam; Sanscr. marīkis, beam of light; hence Mars, the bright god; cf.: marmor, mare], Mars, who, as father of Romulus, was the primogenitor of the Roman people, the god of war, of husbandry, of shepherds and seers. For him was named the month of Martius, March, the beginning of the Roman year, Ov. F. 3, 73 sqq.:II.legio Martia... ab eo deo, a quo populum Romanum generatum accepimus,
Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5:Mars pater te precor quaesoque, uti sies volens propitius mihi, etc.,... ut tu morbos visos invisosque viduertatem vastitudinemque, calamitates intemperiasque prohibessis, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 2; cf., in the Song of the Arval Brothers, NEVE LVERVE MARMAR SINS INCVRRERE IN PLEORIS;for Mars pater, the forms Marspiter, gen. Marspitris, or -tĕris, and Maspiter were also employed,
Gell. 5, 12, 5; Macr. S. 1, 12; 19; Varr. L. L. 8, § 33 Müll.; 9, § 75; 10, § 65; Prisc. p. 695:Mars Gradivus, Quirinus, Silvanus, Ultor, v. under h. vv.: Mars durus,
Verg. E 10, 44:torvus,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 17:cruentus,
id. ib. 2, 14, 13:ferus,
Ov. H. 7, 160; id. F. 4, 25:ferox,
id. M. 13, 11:bellicus,
id. F. 3, 1:fortibus sane oculis Cassius (Martem spirare dicens) se in Siciliam non iturum,
Cic. Att. 15, 11. The Salii were destined for his service, Liv. 1, 20, 4; horses and bulls were offered to him, Paul. ex Fest. p. 61 Müll.; Ov. H. 6, 10; Macr. S. 3, 10, 4:per Martem, a soldier's oath,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 21. He was often appealed to in oaths, etc., esp. by soldiers:Nam neque Duellona mi umquam neque Mars creduat, ni, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 8; id. Mil. 1, 1, 11; id. Truc. 3, 1, 11.—Transf.A.War, battle, a conflict, engagement, contest, etc.; also the art of war: cum veter occubuit Priamus sub Marte Pelasgo, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 607 P. (Ann. v. 17 Vahl.):B.Martem accendere cantu,
to incite to battle, Verg. A. 6, 165:apertus,
fighting in the open field, Ov. M. 13, 27: equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare, i. e. to fight both in their own fashion (on horseback) and in one which was strange to them (on foot), Liv. 3, 62, 9:pugna jam in manus, jam in gladios, ubi Mars est atrocissimus, venerat,
id. 2, 46, 3:terribili Marte ululare,
Plin. 26, 4, 9, § 19:captam sine Marte,
Stat. Ach. 1, 401:quos amisimus cives, eos Martis vis perculit, non ira victoriae,
Cic. Marcell. 6, 17.— Poet.:Mars forensis,
a contest in the forum, legal contest, Ov. P. 4, 6, 29; cf.:et fora Marte suo litigiosa vacent,
id. F. 4, 188.—Hence, prov.: suo (nostro, vestro) Marte, by one's own exertions, without the assistance of others:rex ipse suo Marte res suas recuperavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95; id. Off. 3, 7, 34:cum vos vestro Marte his rebus omnibus abundetis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 9.—The issue of a war or a battle, the fortune of war:C.cum omnis belli Mars communis, et cum semper incerti exitus proeliorum sint,
Cic. Fam. 6, 4, 1: communis adhuc Mars belli erat, Liv. 10, 28:aequo Marte,
with equal advantage, on equal terms, Caes. B. G. 7, 19, 3; 8, 19, 2; Curt. 4, 1, 8:pari Marte,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 19:aequato Marte,
Liv. 1, 25:verso Marte ( = versā fortunā),
id. 29, 3, 11:vario Marte pugnatum est,
Quint. 8, 6, 24:incerto Marte,
Tac. H. 4, 35:anceps,
Liv. 7, 29, 2; 21, 1, 2:dubius,
Vell. 2, 55, 3.—The planet Mars: Jovis stellae proximum inferiorem orbem tenet puroeis, quae stella Martis appellatur, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; 2, 46, 119; Plin. 2, 8, 6, § 34; 2, 15, 12, § 60; Hyg. Astr. 2, 42:III. a.Martis sidus,
Cassiod. Var. 11, 36.—Hence,Of or belonging to Mars:b.lupus,
sacred to Mars, Verg. A. 9, 566; cf.: Martius lupus, integer et intactus, gentis nos Martiae et conditoris nostri admonuit, descended from Mars (since Mars is the father of Romulus and Remus), Liv. 10, 27:legio,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 6; 4, 2, 5:miles,
Ov. M. 14, 798:proles,
i. e. Romulus and Remus, id. F. 3, 59:anguis,
sacred to Mars, id. M. 3, 32:judicium,
i. e. of the Areopagus at Athens, App. M. 10, p. 718 Oud.: Campus;v. campus: harena,
a place in the Circus where the gladiators fought, Ov. Tr. 2, 282; Mart. 2, 75, 8:gramen,
i. e. the Field of Mars, Hor. C. 3, 7, 26: Martius mensis, the month of March, formerly the first month of the year, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 13:Martii Calendis,
Hor. C. 3, 8, 1: Idus Martiae, the Ides of March, famous as the day on which Julius Cæsar was killed, Cic. Att. 14, 4, 2; cf. 14, 20, 1 sq.; id. Phil. 2, 35, 88; id. Fam. 10, 28, 1.— In the form Mavortius ( poet.):moenia,
i. e. Rome, Verg. A. 1, 276:tellus,
i. e. Thrace, id. G. 4, 462:conjux,
i. e. Venus, Val. Fl. 2, 208:proles,
i. e. the Thebans, Ov. M. 3, 531; cf.:seges belli (because sprung from the dragon's teeth),
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 135.—Transf.1.Warlike, martial:2.Martia Penthesilea,
Verg. A. 11, 661:Martia saeculi voluptas,
Mart. 5, 24, 1:Martius aeris rauci canor,
Verg. G. 4, 71:vulnera,
id. A. 7, 182:Thebe,
i. e. where many wars were carried on, Ov. Am. 3, 6, 33.—Of or belonging to the planet Mars:IV.ille fulgor rutilus, horribilisque terris, quem Martium dicitis,
Cic. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—As subst.: Mar-tĭus, ii, m. (sc. mensis), March, the month of March:Mensium nomina fere aperta sunt, si a Martio, ut antiqui constituerunt, numeres, Nam primus a Marte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 4, § 33.—Martĭālis, e, adj.A.Of or belonging to Mars: Flamen, Varr L. L. 5, § 84 Müll.;B.7, § 45 ib.: lupus,
sacred to Mars, Hor. C. 1, 17, 9:ludi,
in honor of Mars, Suet. Claud. 1: Martialis collis, near the temple of Deus Fidius, Varr. L. L. 5, § 52 Müll.— Subst.: Martĭālis, is, m., a priest of Mars:Martiales quidam Larini appellabantur, ministri publici Martis,
Cic. Clu. 15, 43.—Belonging to the legio Martia; hence, Martĭāles, the soldiers of the legio Martia, Cic. Phil. 4, 2, 5. -
9 arma
arma, ōrum, n. ( gen. plur. armūm, Pac. ap. Cic. Or. 46, 155; Att. ap. Non. p. 495, 23, considered by Cic. in the connection armūm judicium as less correct than armorum) [cf. ARÔ, arariskô = to fit; arthron = joint; harmos = armus = joint, shoulder; artaô = artio, arto = to fit, to fit in closely; artios = fit, exact; artus = close, narrow; ars (artis) = the craft of fitting things; artifex, artificium; Goth. arms = O. H. Germ. aram = Engl. arm; Sanscr. ar = to hit upon, attain; aram = fit, fast; īrmas = arm. Curt.].I.Lit.A.1.. What is fitted to the body for its protection, defensive armor, as the shield, coat of mail, helmet, etc.:2.tot milia armorum, detracta corporibus hostium,
Liv. 45, 39:induere arma,
id. 30, 31:arma his imperata, galea, clipeum, ocreae, lorica, omnia ex aere,
id. 1, 43:pictis et auro caelatis refulgens armis,
id. 7, 10. —Specifically, a shield:B.at Lausum socii exanimem super arma ferebant,
on a shield, Verg. A. 10, 841:caelestia arma, quae ancilia appellantur,
Liv. 1, 20 (v. ancile); id. 8, 30; 1, 37; cf. Verg. A. 1, 119 Heyne; Tac. G. 11 Rup.; Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 43:Aeneas se collegit in arma,
gathered himself under his shield, Verg. A. 12, 491.—Hence, in a more extended sense,Implements of war, arms, both of defence and offence (but of the latter only those which are used in close contest, such as the sword, axe, club; in distinction from tela, which are used in contest at a distance; hence, arma and tela are often contrasted; v. the foll., and cf. Bremi and Dähne ad Nep. Dat. 11, 3): arma rigent, horrescunt tela, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4; id. ap. Non. p. 469, 26:II.arma alia ad tegendum, alia ad nocendum,
Cic. Caec. 21:armis condicione positis aut defetigatione abjectis aut victoriā detractis,
id. Fam. 6, 2:illum dicis cum armis aureis, Quoius etc.,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 16:ibi Simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60:arma antiqua manus, ungues dentesque fuerunt Et lapides, et item, silvarum fragmina, ramei,
Lucr. 5, 1283; so,Mutum et turpe pecus (i. e. primeval man), glandem et cubilia propter Unguibus et pugnis, dein fustibus, atque ita porro Pugnabant armis, quae post fabricaverat usus,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 100 sqq.:capere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Phil. 4, 3, 7; id. Rab. Perd. 6 and 7:sumere,
id. Planc. 36, 88 Wund.; id. Tusc. 2, 24, 58; Vulg. Gen. 27, 3; ib. 3 Reg. 22, 30:accipere, ib. Judith, 14, 2: adprehendere,
ib. Psa. 34, 2:resumere,
Suet. Calig. 48:aptare,
Liv. 5, 49:induere,
id. 30, 31; Ov. M. 14, 798; id. F. 1, 521; Verg. A. 11, 83; Luc. 1, 126:accingi armis,
Verg. A. 6, 184, and Vulg. Jud. 18, 11:armis instructus,
ib. Deut. 1, 41; ib. 1 Par. 12, 13:concitare ad arma,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:descendere ad arma,
id. ib. 7, 33:vocare ad arma,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 7, 21:vocare in arma,
Verg. A. 9, 22:ferre contra aliquem,
Vell. 2, 56:decernere armis,
Cic. Att. 7, 3:armis cum hoste certare,
id. Off. 3, 22, 87; so,saevis armis,
Verg. A. 12, 890:dimicare armis cum aliquo,
Nep. Milt. 1, 2:esse in armis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 49; Suet. Caes. 69:ponere, abicere,
Cic. Fam. 6, 2:relinquere,
Liv. 2, 10:tradere,
Nep. Ham. 1, 5; Suet. Vit. 10:amittere,
Verg. A. 1, 474:proicere,
Vulg. 1 Macc. 5, 43;7, 44: deripere militibus,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 19:dirimere,
Luc. 1, 104 et saep.—Hence, arma virosque, per arma, per viros, etc., Liv. 8, 25; 8, 30 al.; v. Burm. ad Verg. A. 1, 1, and cf. Liv. 9, 24:tela et arma: armorum atque telorum portationes,
Sall. C. 42, 2; Liv. 1, 25; Col. 12, 3; Tac. G. 29 and 33:armis et castris, prov. (like remis velisque, viris equisque),
with vigor, with might and main, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84.—Trop., means of protection, defence, weapons:a.tenere semper arma (sc. eloquentiae), quibus vel tectus ipse esse possis, vel, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 32:prudentiae,
id. ib. 1, 38, 172:senectutis,
id. Lael. 4. 9:tectus Vulcaniis armis, id est fortitudine,
id. Tusc. 2, 14, 33:eloquentiae,
Quint. 5, 12, 21:facundiae,
id. 2, 16, 10:justitiae,
Vulg. Rom. 6, 13; ib. 2 Cor. 6, 7:arma lucis,
ib. Rom. 13, 12:horriferum contra Borean ovis arma ministret, i. e. lanas,
Ov. M. 15, 471:haec mihi Stertinius arma (i. e. praecepta) dedit,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 297; cf. id. Ep. 1, 16, 67:arma militiae nostrae non carnalia sunt,
Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 4.War (once in opp. to pax, v. infra):b.silent leges inter arma,
Cic. Mil. 4, 10; id. Att. 7, 3, 5:arma civilia,
civil war, id. Fam. 2, 16, and Tac. A. 1, 9:civilia arma,
id. Agr. 16; id. G. 37 (otherwise, bella civilia, Cic. Off. 1, 25, 86, and Tac. Agr. 13):ab externis armis otium erat,
Liv. 3, 14; 9, 1; 3, 69 Drak.; 9, 32; 42, 2; Tac. H. 2, 1 al.:a Rubro Mari arma conatus sit inferre Italiae,
Nep. Hann. 2, 1 (for which more freq. bellum inferre alicui, v. infero):ad horrida promptior arma,
Ov. M. 1, 126:qui fera nuntiet arma,
id. ib. 5, 4;14, 479: compositis venerantur armis,
Hor. C. 4, 14, 52. So the beginning of the Æneid: Arma virumque cano; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 7:melius visum Gallos novam gentem pace potius cognosci quam armis,
Liv. 5, 35 fin.; cf.:cedant arma togae,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76.—Also for battle, contest:in arma feror,
Verg. A. 2, 337; so id. ib. 2, 655.—(Abstr. for concr.) The warriors themselves, soldiers, troops:III.nulla usquam apparuerunt arma,
Liv. 41, 12:nostro supplicio liberemus Romana arma, i. e. Romanum exercitum,
id. 9, 9; 21, 26:Hispanias armis non ita redundare,
Tac. H. 2, 32:expertem frustra belli et neutra arma secutum,
neither party, Ov. M. 5, 91: auxiliaria arma, auxiliaries, auxiliary troops = auxiliares (v. auxiliaris, I.), id. ib. 6, 424; cf. id. ib. 14, 528.—Transf., poet. (like hoplon and entea in Gr.), implements, instruments, tools, utensils, in gen. Of implements for grinding and baking:Cerealia arma,
the arms of Ceres, Verg. A. 1, 177 (cf. Hom. Od. 7, 232: entea daitos). —Of implements of agriculture, Ov. M. 11, 35:dicendum est, quae sint duris agrestibus arma, Quīs sine nec potuere seri nec surgere messes,
Verg. G. 1, 160.—Of the equipments, tackle of a ship ( mast, sails, rudder, etc.):colligere arma jubet validisque incumbere remis,
Verg. A. 5, 15; 6, 353.—Hence used by Ovid for wings:haec umeris arma parata suis, A. A. 2, 50 (cf. in the foll. verse: his patria est adeunda carinis).—And so of other instruments,
Mart. 14, 36. -
10 dominar
v.1 to control (controlar) (pasión, nervios, caballo).era imposible dominar el vehículo it was impossible to maintain control of the vehicle2 to overcome.lo dominaba el deseo irrefrenable de besarla he was overcome by an irresistible desire to kiss her3 to master (conocer) (técnica, tema).domina varias lenguas she speaks various languages fluentlyha conseguido dominar el inglés en pocos meses he managed to acquire a good command of English within a few months4 to overlook.desde aquí se domina todo Bilbao you can see the whole of Bilbao from here5 to predominate.6 to dominate, to domineer, to bestride, to have sway over.El tirano domina al pueblo The tyrant dominates the people.Ella domina su ira She dominates her anger.7 to tower above, to dominate.El cerro domina el horizonte The hill dominates the horizon.8 to have the control, to dominate, to have ascendancy, to have the ascendancy.Ella domina She has the control.9 to calm down forcibly, to calm down.10 to take over.* * *1 (tener bajo dominio) to dominate2 (avasallar) to domineer3 (controlar) to control, restrain4 (conocer a fondo) to master5 (ver) to overlook, dominate1 (ser superior) to dominate2 (destacar) to stand out3 (predominar) to predominate1 (controlarse) to control oneself, restrain oneself* * *verb1) to dominate2) master3) prevail•* * *1. VT1) (=controlar) [+ población, territorio] to dominate; [+ países] to rule, rule over; [+ adversario] to overpower; [+ caballo] to control2) (=contener) [+ incendio, epidemia] to check, bring under control; [+ rebelión] to put down, suppress; [+ pasión] to control, master; [+ nervios, emoción] to control; [+ dolor] to overcome3) [+ técnica, tema] to master4) (=estar por encima de)la catedral domina toda la ciudad — the cathedral dominates o towers above the whole town
2. VI1) [edificio] to tower2) (=predominar) [color, rasgo] to stand out; [opinión, tendencia] to predominate3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivoa) ( controlar) <nación/territorio/persona> to dominate; <pasión/cólera> to control; <vehiculo/caballo> to controldominado por la ambición/los celos — ruled by ambition/consumed by jealousy
la policía dominó la situación en todo momento — the police had the situation under control at all times
b) < idioma> to have a good command of; <tema/asignatura> to know... very wellc) ( abarcar con la vista)d) montaña/torre to dominate2. 3.* * *= dominate, dominate + the scene, get + command of, tame, subdue, master, command, conquer, preponderate, overtake, overlook, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, tower above/over, pervade, hold + sway (over), be king, lord over, lord it over, keep + a tight hold on.Ex. The ideology advocated by Panizzi has since dominated not only Anglo-American but Western cataloging generally.Ex. This may have something to do with the absence of CABx, who seem to have dominated the scene in other states.Ex. The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.Ex. The problem reside in the fact that they environment we seek to tame and control is an open, unstructured dynamic process, while human organizations are static and highly resistant to change.Ex. Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.Ex. The library director strove to master his frustration.Ex. Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.Ex. The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.Ex. The indexing languages used in science and technology were first in the field, and still preponderate, both in areas covered and in number.Ex. E-Books, while a curiosity and a lot of fun, do not seem to be overtaking the mass market.Ex. In this sense the British Council libraries may be seen as a window, overlooking the British Isles, their virtues and characteristics.Ex. Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.Ex. The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.Ex. Prague represents a unique collection of historical monuments dominated by Prague Castle towering high above the city.Ex. I strongly believe that we must cultivate a more positive attitude towards change in the field of library work, and that this attitude must pervade all levels of librarianship.Ex. This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.Ex. Despite the electronics invasion, books are still king, and book fairs keeps on growing every year.Ex. She argues that the way yeoman farmers lorded over their wives and dependents was similar to the way wealthy planters lorded over their slaves.Ex. They believe that the main use for government is for some people to lord it over others at their expense.Ex. A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.----* dominar a Alguien = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb, bring + Nombre + under + Posesivo + sway.* dominar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.* dominar el miedo = conquer + fear.* dominar la situación = tame + the beast.* dominar por completo = sweep + the board.* dominar una destreza = master + skill.* dominar una técnica = master + technique.* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* * *1.verbo transitivoa) ( controlar) <nación/territorio/persona> to dominate; <pasión/cólera> to control; <vehiculo/caballo> to controldominado por la ambición/los celos — ruled by ambition/consumed by jealousy
la policía dominó la situación en todo momento — the police had the situation under control at all times
b) < idioma> to have a good command of; <tema/asignatura> to know... very wellc) ( abarcar con la vista)d) montaña/torre to dominate2. 3.* * *= dominate, dominate + the scene, get + command of, tame, subdue, master, command, conquer, preponderate, overtake, overlook, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, tower above/over, pervade, hold + sway (over), be king, lord over, lord it over, keep + a tight hold on.Ex: The ideology advocated by Panizzi has since dominated not only Anglo-American but Western cataloging generally.
Ex: This may have something to do with the absence of CABx, who seem to have dominated the scene in other states.Ex: The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.Ex: The problem reside in the fact that they environment we seek to tame and control is an open, unstructured dynamic process, while human organizations are static and highly resistant to change.Ex: Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.Ex: The library director strove to master his frustration.Ex: Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.Ex: The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.Ex: The indexing languages used in science and technology were first in the field, and still preponderate, both in areas covered and in number.Ex: E-Books, while a curiosity and a lot of fun, do not seem to be overtaking the mass market.Ex: In this sense the British Council libraries may be seen as a window, overlooking the British Isles, their virtues and characteristics.Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.Ex: The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.Ex: Prague represents a unique collection of historical monuments dominated by Prague Castle towering high above the city.Ex: I strongly believe that we must cultivate a more positive attitude towards change in the field of library work, and that this attitude must pervade all levels of librarianship.Ex: This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.Ex: Despite the electronics invasion, books are still king, and book fairs keeps on growing every year.Ex: She argues that the way yeoman farmers lorded over their wives and dependents was similar to the way wealthy planters lorded over their slaves.Ex: They believe that the main use for government is for some people to lord it over others at their expense.Ex: A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.* dominar a Alguien = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb, bring + Nombre + under + Posesivo + sway.* dominar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.* dominar el miedo = conquer + fear.* dominar la situación = tame + the beast.* dominar por completo = sweep + the board.* dominar una destreza = master + skill.* dominar una técnica = master + technique.* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.* * *dominar [A1 ]vt1 (controlar) ‹nación/territorio› to dominate; ‹persona› to dominate; ‹pasión/cólera› to controltiene a los niños totalmente dominados she has the children well under her thumb o under controldominado por la ambición ruled by ambitiondominado por los celos consumed by jealousyno logró dominar su ira she couldn't contain o control her angerel equipo que dominó el encuentro the team which dominated the matchno logró dominar el vehículo/caballo he couldn't get control of the vehicle/horsela policía dominó la situación en todo momento the police had the situation under control at all times2 ‹tema/idioma›no domino el tema I'm no expert on the subjectdomina el francés she has a good command of Frenchnunca voy a poder dominar el inglés I'll never be able to master English3(abarcar con la vista): desde allí se domina toda la bahía there's a view over the whole bay from there, from there you can look out over the whole bay4 «montaña/torre» to dominate■ dominarvi«color/tendencia» to predominate; «opinión» to prevailel tema que dominó en las negociones the subject which dominated the talksel equipo visitante dominó durante el segundo tiempo the visitors dominated the second half o were on top in the second half«persona» to restrain o control oneself* * *
dominar ( conjugate dominar) verbo transitivo
‹pasión/cólera› to control;
‹vehículo/caballo› to control;◊ dominado por la ambición/los celos ruled by ambition/consumed by jealousy
‹tema/asignatura› to know … very wellc) ( abarcar con la vista):
verbo intransitivo [color/tendencia] to predominate;
[ opinión] to prevail;
[ equipo] to dominate
dominarse verbo pronominal [ persona] to restrain o control oneself
dominar
I verbo transitivo
1 (un pueblo, país) to dominate, rule
2 (contener, controlar) to control
3 (conocer perfectamente: un idioma) to speak very well
(: un asunto, una actividad) to master
4 (con la vista) to overlook
II verbo intransitivo
1 to dominate
2 (un color, una característica) to stand out
' dominar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- imperar
- imponerse
- vencer
- conocer
- dejar
- reducir
- someter
- sujetar
English:
control
- curb
- dominate
- hold down
- master
- overpower
- pervade
- restrain
- subdue
- sway
- tower
- over
- rule
* * *♦ vt1. [controlar] [país, territorio, pueblo] to dominate, to rule (over);[persona, caballo] to control; [emociones, nervios] to control, to keep under control; [situación] to be in control of; [incendio, epidemia] to bring under control; [rebelión] to put down; [partido] to dominate;la guerrilla domina toda esta zona guerrillas control this entire area;la policía logró dominar a los alborotadores the police managed to bring the troublemakers under control;tiene al marido dominado she has her husband under her thumb;era imposible dominar el vehículo it was impossible to maintain control of the vehicle;no supo dominar sus nervios she couldn't control her nervousness;el equipo local dominó el partido en todo momento the local team dominated the game from the beginning2. [sujeto: pasión, nervios, emociones] to overcome;lo dominaba el deseo irrefrenable de besarla he was overcome by an irresistible desire to kiss her3. [ser experto en] [técnica, tema] to master;[lengua] to be fluent in;domina a la perfección los temas de contabilidad he has a perfect mastery of accounting;domina varias lenguas she speaks various languages fluently;ha conseguido dominar el inglés en pocos meses he managed to acquire a good command of English in a few months;¡cómo domina el balón! what great ball control!4. [divisar] to overlook;desde aquí se domina todo Bilbao you can see the whole of Bilbao from here5. [destacar por encima de] to dominate;el castillo domina el pueblo the castle dominates the town♦ vi[predominar] to predominate;una zona donde domina el voto socialista an area with a predominantly socialist vote* * *I v/t2 idioma have a good command ofII v/i dominate* * *dominar vt1) : to dominate2) : to master, to be proficient atdominar vi: to predominate, to prevail* * *dominar vb1. (en general) to dominate2. (tener bajo poder) to rule over3. (controlar) to control5. (idioma) to be fluent in6. (otras materias) to be good at / to be an expert on -
11 διά
διά, poet. [full] διαί ([dialect] Aeol. [full] ζά, q.v.), Prep. governing gen. and acc.— Rad. sense,A through; never anastroph. [Prop. δῐᾰ: but Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a line, Il.3.357, 4.135, al.: also ᾱ, metri gr., freq. in Hom., for which A. uses [full] διαί in lyr., Ag. 448, al.]A WITH GEN.I of Place or Space:1 of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in Hom. freq. of the effect of weapons,διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε.. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος.. Il. 3.357
; ;δι' ὤμου.. ἔγχος ἦλθεν 4.481
; in Prose,τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος X.An.1.8.26
; διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ ib.7.4.16: also of persons, διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους out through the Scaean gate, Il.3.263; δι' ἠέρος αἰθέρ' ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, Il.14.288, cf. 2.458; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them, 13.755;δι' ὄμματος.. λείβων δάκρυον S.OC 1250
, etc.: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, v. διαπρό, διέκ: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν: throughout,Th.
1.14; idly,Id.
4.126, etc. (cf.111.1.c).2 of motion through a space, but not in a line, throughout, ouer,ἑπόμεσθα διὰ πεδίοιο Il.11.754
;δι' ὄρεσφι 10.185
, al.; ὀδύνη διὰ χροὸς ἦλθε through all his frame, 11.398;τεῦχε βοὴν διὰ ἄστεος Od.10.118
;δι' ὁμίλου Il.6.226
, etc.;θορύβου διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος X.An.1.8.16
, cf. 2.4.26, etc.; later, in quoting an authority,ἱστορεῖ δ. τῆς δευτέρας
in the course of..,Ath.
10.438b.3 in the midst of, Il.9.468;κεῖτο τανυσσάμενος δ. μήλων Od.9.298
; between,δ. τῶν πλευρέων ταμόντα Hp.Morb.2.61
: hence, of pre-eminence,ἔπρεπε καὶ δ. πάντων Il.12.104
;τετίμακε δι' ἀνθρώπων Pi.I.4(3).37
;εὐδοκιμέοντι δ. πάντων Hdt.6.63
, cf. 1.25, etc.4 in Prose, sts. of extension, along,παρήκει δ. τῆσδε τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀκτή Id.4.39
(but πέταται δ. θαλάσσας across the sea, Pi.N.6.48);λόφος, δι' οὗ τὸ σταύρωμα περιεβέβληντο X.HG7.4.22
.5 in Prose, of Intervals of Space, δ. τριήκοντα δόμων at intervals of thirty layers, i. e. after every thirtieth layer, Hdt.1.179; δ. δέκα ἐπάλξεων at every tenth battlement, Th.3.21; cf. infr. 11.3: of a single interval, δ. πέντε σταδίων at a distance of five stades, Hdt.7.30, cf. 198; δ. τοσούτου μᾶλλον ἢ δ. πολλῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδοῦ at so short a distance, etc., Th.2.29; δ. πολλοῦ at a great distance apart, Id.3.94;δ. πλείστου Id.2.97
;δι' ἐλάσσονος Id.3.51
;ὕδατα δ. μακροῦ ἀλόμενα Hp.
Aër.9, etc.II of Time,1 of duration from one end of a period to the other, throughout, δ. παντὸς [τοῦ χρόνου] Hdt.9.13;δι' ὅλου τοῦ αἰῶνος Th.1.70
;δι' αἰῶνος S.El. 1024
;δι' ἡμέρας ὅλης Ar. Pax 27
;δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός X.An.4.2.4
, etc.: without an Adj., δι' ἡμέρης all day long, Hdt.1.97;δ. νυκτός Th.2.4
, X.An.4.6.22 (but δ. νυκτός in the course of the night, by night, Act.Ap.5.19, PRyl.138.15 (i A. D.), etc.);δ. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας Pl.R. 343b
; δι' ἐνιαυτοῦ, δι' ἔτους, Ar.Fr.569.8, V. 1058;δ. βίου Pl.Smp. 183e
, etc.;δ. τέλους
from beginning to end,A.
Pr. 275, Pl.R. 519c, etc.: with Adjs. alone,δ. παντός
continually,A.
Ch. 862 (lyr.), etc.; δι' ὀλίγου for a short time, Th.1.77;δ. μακροῦ E.Hec. 320
;ὁ δ. μέσου χρόνος Hdt. 8.27
.2 of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, Id.3.27, Ar.Pl. 1045;δ. μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: without an Adj., δ. χρόνου after a time, S.Ph. 758, X.Cyr.1.4.28, etc.; δι' ἡμερῶν after several days, Ev.Marc.2.1; and with Adjs. alone,δι' ὀλίγου Th.5.14
;οὐ δ. μακροῦ Id.6.15
,91;δ. πολλοῦ Luc.Nigr.2
, etc.: with Numerals,δι' ἐτέων εἴκοσι Hdt.6.118
, cf. OGI56.38 (iii B. C.), etc.: but δ. τῆς ἑβδόμης till the seventh day, Luc.Hist.Conscr.21: also distributively, χρόνος δ. χρόνου προὔβαινε time after time, S.Ph. 285;ἄλλος δι' ἄλλου E.Andr. 1248
.3 of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, Hdt.2.37; δ. τρίτου ἔτεος ib.4, etc.; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), Id.3.97; δι' ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, Ar.Pl. 584 (but δι' ἑνδεκάτου ἔτεος in the course of the eleventh year, Hdt.1.62).III causal, through, by,a of the Agent, δι' ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of.., Id.1.69,6.4, cf. 1.113;δι' ἑρμηνέως λέγειν X.An.2.3.17
, etc.;τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δ. τοῦ προφήτου Ev.Matt.1.22
;δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ δ. βίας ποιεῖσθαι Pl.Phlb. 58b
; πεσόντ' ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, A.Ag. 448 (lyr.);ἐκ θεῶν γεγονὼς δ. βασιλέων πεφυκώς X.Cyr.7.2.24
; δι' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, ib.1.1.4, etc.; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, D.15.14, cf. 22.38.b of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (prop. by holding between the hands),δι' ὁσίων χ. θιγών S. OC 470
; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, Id.Ant. 916, 1258 (but τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν to keep a firm hand on, Th.2.13);δ. στέρνων ἔχειν S.Ant. 639
;ἡ ἀκούουσα πηγὴ δι' ὤτων Id.OT 1387
;δ. στόματος ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.4.25
;δ. μνήμης ἔχειν Luc.Cat.9
;αἱ δ. τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναί X.Mem.1.5.6
; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, Pl.Plt. 272b;δ. λόγου ἀπαγγέλλειν Act.Ap.15.27
;δι' ἐπιστολῶν 2 Ep.Cor.10.9
, POxy. 1070.15 (iii A. D.).c of Manner (where διά with its Noun freq. serves as an Adv.),δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν Pl.Smp. 176e
; παίω δι' ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, S.OT 807; δ. τάχους, = ταχέως, Id.Aj. 822, Th.1.63 (but δ. ταχέων ib.80, al.); δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, E.Ba. 212; δι' αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, ib. 441; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, Id.Hel. 309; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, X.Mem.2.1.20; δι' ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ., Pl.Ti. 23d, Lg. 876c;δ. σιγῆς Id.Grg. 450c
;δ. ξυμφορῶν ἡ ξύμβασις ἐγένετο Th.6.10
;οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ' ἐναργῶς γέγραπται Aeschin.3.121
;δι' αἵματος, οὐ δ. μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψεν Plu.Sol.17
: also with Adjs., δ. βραχέων, δ. μακρῶν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι, Isoc.14.3, Pl.Grg. 449b; ἀποκρίνεσθαι δ. βραχυτάτων ibid. d; cf. infr. IV.2 in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, ; ;βρώματα δ. μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος γιγνόμενα Ath.14.646e
;οἶνος δ. βουνίου Dsc. 5.46
.IV διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, Hdt.2.91;δι' ἡσυχίης εἶναι Id.1.206
; δι' ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, Ar.Ec. 888;δ. φόβου εἶναι Th.6.59
;δι' ἀπεχθείας γίγνεσθαι X.Hier.9.2
; ἡ ἐπιμέλεια δ. χάριτος γίγνεται ibid.;δ. μιᾶς γνώμης γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.138
.b with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, Hdt.6.9;ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, X.An.3.2.8; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with.., S.Ant. 742, cf. Th.6.60;δ. τύχης ἰέναι S.OT 773
;δι' ὀργῆς ἥκειν Id.OC 905
; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, E.Med. 872; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, Id.Tr. 916, Supp. 112; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, Id.Andr. 416;δ. δικαιοσύνης ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης Pl.Prt. 323a
, etc.; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (v. πῦρ): in pass. sense, δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by.., A.Pr. 121 (anap.).c with trans. Verbs, δι' αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, Th.2.60, Ael.VH9.32;δι' ὀργῆς ἔχειν τινά Th.2.37
, etc.;δ. φυλακῆς ἔχειν τι Id.7.8
; δι' οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι' αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, E.Hec. 851, IT 683;δ. πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγειν X.Cyr.4.6.6
; .B WITH Acc.I of Place, only Poet., in same sense as διά c. gen.:1 through,ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε.. χαλκός Il.7.247
;ἤϊξε δ. δρυμὰ.. καὶ ὕλην 11.118
, cf. 23.122, etc.; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it, 12.62;δ. δώματα ποιπνύοντα 1.600
;ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ δ. πόντον βέβακεν Pi.I.4(3).41
;φεύγειν δ. κῦμ' ἅλιον A.Supp.14
(anap.).2 through, among, in,οἴκεον δι' ἄκριας Od.9.400
;ἄραβος δὲ δ. στόμα γίγνετ' ὀδόντων Il.10.375
(but μῦθον, ὃν.. δ. στόμα.. ἄγοιτο through his mouth, 14.91; soδ. στόμα ὄσσαν ἱεῖσαι Hes.Th.65
;ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ γυνή σ' ἔχει δ. στόμα Ar.Lys. 855
);δ. κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας Hes.Th. 631
; (lyr.).II of Time, also Poet.,δ. νύκτα Il.2.57
, etc.; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, Mosch.4.91.III causal:1 of persons, thanks to, by aid of,νικῆσαι δ... Ἀθήνην Od.8.520
, cf. 13.121;δ. δμῳὰς.. εἷλον 19.154
; δ. σε by thy fault or service, S.OC 1129, Ar.Pl. 145, cf. 160, 170: in Prose, by reason of, on account of,δ' ἡμᾶς Th.1.41
, cf. X.An.7.6.33, D.18.249;οὐ δι' ἐμαυτόν And.1.144
; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for..,εἰ μὴ δι' ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς Lys.12.60
;Μιλτιάδην εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ εἰ μὴ δ. τὸν πρύτανιν ἐνέπεσεν ἄν Pl.Grg. 516e
, cf. D.19.74;εἰ μὴ δ. τὴν ἐκείνου μέλλησιν Th.2.18
, cf. Ar.V. 558;πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν γενέσθαι δι' Ὅμηρον Pi.N.7.21
.2 of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι' ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, Il.15.41;Διὸς μεγάλου δ. βουλάς Od.8.82
; δι' ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought, 19.523;δι' ἀτασθαλίας 23.67
; δι' ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, X. An.7.8.6; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα, ib.1.7.6;δι' ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν Pl. Prt. 360b
, etc.: freq. also with neut. Adjs., δ. τί; wherefore?; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι' ὅ, δι' ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc.3 = ἕνεκα, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, Th.4.40, cf. 5.53; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, Pl.R. 524c, cf. Arist.EN 1172b21; αὐτή δι' αὑτήν for its own sake, Pl.R. 367b, etc.C WITHOUT CASE as Adv. throughout, δ. πρό (v. supr. A.I.I);δ. δ' ἀμπερές Il.11.377
.D IN COMPOS.:I through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω.II in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέω; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύω; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρω; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι.III pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω.IV completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω.V to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc.; cf. ζά.VI of mixture, between, partly, esp. in Adj., as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc.VII of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.) -
12 run
run [rʌn]course ⇒ 1 (a), 1 (b) excursion ⇒ 1 (c) trajet ⇒ 1 (e) vol ⇒ 1 (f) série ⇒ 1 (i), 1 (k) tendance ⇒ 1 (l) ruée ⇒ 1 (m) diriger ⇒ 2 (a) organiser ⇒ 2 (b) (faire) marcher ⇒ 2 (c), 3 (k) courir ⇒ 2 (e), 3 (a), 3 (b) transporter ⇒ 2 (i) conduire ⇒ 2 (k) (faire) passer ⇒ 2 (l), 2 (m), 3 (d) se sauver ⇒ 3 (c) couler ⇒ 3 (h), 3 (i) fondre ⇒ 3 (i) circuler ⇒ 3 (l) durer ⇒ 3 (m) être à l'affiche ⇒ 3 (n) (se) présenter ⇒ 2 (q), 3 (r)1 noun∎ he took a short run and cleared the gate après un court élan il a franchi la barrière;∎ at a run en courant;∎ to go for a run aller faire du jogging;∎ to go for a 5-mile run ≃ courir 8 kilomètres;∎ I took the dog for a run in the park j'ai emmené le chien courir dans le parc;∎ two policemen arrived at a run deux policiers sont arrivés au pas de course;∎ to break into a run se mettre à courir;∎ to make a run for it prendre la fuite, se sauver;∎ the murderer is on the run le meurtrier est en cavale;∎ she was on the run from her creditors/the police elle essayait d'échapper à ses créanciers/à la police;∎ we've got them on the run! nous les avons mis en déroute!;∎ figurative we have the run of the house while the owners are away nous disposons de toute la maison pendant l'absence des propriétaires;∎ we give the au pair the run of the place nous laissons à la jeune fille au pair la libre disposition de la maison;∎ you've had a good run (for your money), it's time to step down tu en as bien profité, maintenant il faut laisser la place à un autre;∎ they gave the Russian team a good run for their money ils ont donné du fil à retordre à l'équipe soviétique;∎ familiar to have the runs (diarrhoea) avoir la courante∎ a charity run une course de charité∎ we went for a run down to the coast nous sommes allés nous promener au bord de la mer;∎ she took me for a run in her new car elle m'a emmené faire un tour dans sa nouvelle voiture;∎ humorous shall I make or do a beer run? je vais chercher de la bière?;∎ I do the school run in the morning c'est moi qui emmène les enfants à l'école tous les matins(d) (for smuggling) passage m;∎ the gang used to make runs across the border le gang passait régulièrement la frontière(e) (route, itinerary) trajet m, parcours m;∎ the buses on the London to Glasgow run les cars qui font le trajet ou qui assurent le service Londres-Glasgow;∎ he used to do the London (to) Glasgow run (pilot, bus or train driver) il faisait la ligne Londres-Glasgow;∎ it's only a short run into town le trajet jusqu'au centre-ville n'est pas long;∎ there was very little traffic on the run down nous avons rencontré très peu de circulation∎ bombing run mission f de bombardement∎ to make 10 runs marquer 10 points(h) (track → for skiing, bobsleighing) piste f(i) (series, sequence) série f, succession f, suite f;∎ they've had a run of ten defeats ils ont connu dix défaites consécutives;∎ the recent run of events la récente série d'événements;∎ a run of bad luck une série ou suite de malheurs;∎ you seem to be having a run of good/bad luck on dirait que la chance est/n'est pas de ton côté en ce moment;∎ the play had a triumphant run on Broadway la pièce a connu un succès triomphal à Broadway;∎ the play had a run of nearly two years la pièce a tenu l'affiche (pendant) presque deux ans;∎ to have a long run (of fashion, person in power) tenir longtemps; (of play) tenir longtemps l'affiche;∎ in the long/short run à long/court terme(j) (in card games) suite f∎ a run of fewer than 500 would be uneconomical fabriquer une série de moins de 500 unités ne serait pas rentable(l) (general tendency, trend) tendance f;∎ to score against the run of play marquer contre le jeu;∎ I was lucky and got the run of the cards j'avais de la chance, les cartes m'étaient favorables;∎ the usual run of colds and upset stomachs les rhumes et les maux de ventre habituels;∎ she's well above the average or ordinary run of students elle est bien au-dessus de la moyenne des étudiants;∎ the ordinary run of mankind le commun des mortels;∎ in the ordinary run of things normalement, en temps normal;∎ out of the common run hors du commun∎ the heatwave caused a run on suntan cream la vague de chaleur provoqua une ruée sur les crèmes solaires;∎ a run on the banks un retrait massif des dépôts bancaires;∎ Stock Exchange there was a run on the dollar il y a eu une ruée sur le dollar(n) (operation → of machine) opération f;∎ computer run passage m machine(o) (bid → in election) candidature f;∎ his run for the presidency sa candidature à la présidence(p) (ladder → in stocking, tights) échelle f, maille f filée;∎ I've got a run in my tights mon collant est filé(q) (enclosure → for animals) enclos m;∎ chicken run poulailler m(r) (of salmon) remontée f(a) (manage → company, office) diriger, gérer; (→ shop, restaurant, club) tenir; (→ theatre) diriger; (→ farm) exploiter; (→ newspaper, magazine) rédiger; (→ house) tenir; (→ country) gouverner, diriger;∎ she runs the bar while her parents are away elle tient le bar pendant l'absence de ses parents;∎ a badly run organization une organisation mal gérée;∎ the library is run by volunteer workers la bibliothèque est tenue par des bénévoles;∎ the farm was too big for him to run alone la ferme était trop grande pour qu'il puisse s'en occuper seul;∎ who's running this outfit? qui est le patron ici?;∎ I wish she'd stop trying to run my life! j'aimerais bien qu'elle arrête de me dire comment vivre ma vie!∎ to run a bridge tournament/a raffle organiser un tournoi de bridge/une tombola;∎ they run evening classes in computing ils organisent des cours du soir en informatique;∎ they run extra trains in the summer l'été ils mettent (en service) des trains supplémentaires;∎ several private companies run buses to the airport plusieurs sociétés privées assurent un service d'autobus pour l'aéroport(c) (operate → piece of equipment) faire marcher, faire fonctionner; Computing (program) exécuter, faire tourner;∎ you can run it off solar energy/the mains vous pouvez le faire fonctionner à l'énergie solaire/sur secteur;∎ this computer runs most software on peut utiliser la plupart des logiciels sur cet ordinateur;∎ Aviation to run the engines (for checking) faire le point fixe;∎ I can't afford to run a car any more je n'ai plus les moyens d'avoir une voiture;∎ she runs a Porsche elle roule en Porsche(d) (conduct → experiment, test) effectuer(e) (do or cover at a run → race, distance) courir;∎ to run the marathon courir le marathon;∎ I can still run 2 km in under 7 minutes j'arrive encore à courir ou à couvrir 2 km en moins de 7 minutes;∎ the children were running races les enfants faisaient la course;∎ the race will be run in Paris next year la course aura lieu à Paris l'année prochaine;∎ to run messages or errands faire des commissions ou des courses;∎ he'd run a mile if he saw it il prendrait ses jambes à son cou s'il voyait ça;∎ it looks as if his race is run on dirait qu'il a fait son temps∎ to be run off one's feet être débordé;∎ you're running the poor boy off his feet! le pauvre, tu es en train de l'épuiser!;∎ to run oneself to a standstill courir jusqu'à l'épuisement(g) (enter for race → horse, greyhound) faire courir(h) (hunt, chase) chasser;∎ to run deer chasser le cerf;∎ the outlaws were run out of town les hors-la-loi furent chassés de la ville∎ I'll run you to the bus stop je vais te conduire à l'arrêt de bus;∎ to run sb back home reconduire qn chez lui;∎ I've got to run these boxes over to my new house je dois emporter ces boîtes dans ma nouvelle maison∎ he's suspected of running drugs/guns il est soupçonné de trafic de drogue/d'armes(k) (drive → vehicle) conduire;∎ I ran the car into the driveway j'ai mis la voiture dans l'allée;∎ could you run your car back a bit? pourriez-vous reculer un peu votre voiture?;∎ I ran my car into a lamppost je suis rentré dans un réverbère (avec ma voiture);∎ he tried to run me off the road! il a essayé de me faire sortir de la route!(l) (pass, quickly or lightly) passer;∎ he ran his hand through his hair il se passa la main dans les cheveux;∎ he ran a comb through his hair il se donna un coup de peigne;∎ I'll run a duster over the furniture je passerai un coup de chiffon sur les meubles;∎ she ran her hands over the controls elle promena ses mains sur les boutons de commande;∎ she ran her finger down the list/her eye over the text elle parcourut la liste du doigt/le texte des yeux(m) (send via specified route) faire passer;∎ it would be better to run the wires under the floorboards ce serait mieux de faire passer les fils sous le plancher;∎ we could run a cable from the house nous pourrions amener un câble de la maison;∎ run the other end of the rope through the loop passez l'autre bout de la corde dans la boucle(o) (cause to flow) faire couler;∎ run the water into the basin faites couler l'eau dans la cuvette;∎ to run a bath faire couler un bain∎ the local paper is running a series of articles on the scandal le journal local publie une série d'articles sur le scandale;∎ to run an ad (in the newspaper) passer ou faire passer une annonce (dans le journal)(q) (enter for election) présenter;∎ they're running a candidate in every constituency ils présentent un candidat dans chaque circonscription∎ to run a temperature or fever avoir de la fièvre∎ to run the danger or risk of doing sth courir le risque de faire qch;∎ you run the risk of a heavy fine vous risquez une grosse amende;∎ do you realize the risks you're running? est-ce que vous réalisez les risques que vous prenez?∎ I run every morning in the park je cours tous les matins dans le parc;∎ to come running towards sb accourir vers qn;∎ they ran out of the house ils sont sortis de la maison en courant;∎ to run upstairs/downstairs monter/descendre l'escalier en courant;∎ I had to run for the train j'ai dû courir pour attraper le train;∎ she ran for the police elle a couru chercher la police;∎ run and fetch me a glass of water cours me chercher un verre d'eau;∎ I'll just run across or round or over to the shop je fais un saut à l'épicerie;∎ to run to meet sb courir ou se précipiter à la rencontre de qn;∎ I've been running all over the place looking for you j'ai couru partout à ta recherche;∎ figurative I didn't expect her to go running to the press with the story je ne m'attendais pas à ce qu'elle coure raconter l'histoire à la presse;∎ don't come running to me with your problems ne viens pas m'embêter avec tes problèmes∎ to run in a race (horse, person) participer à une course;∎ there are twenty horses running in the race vingt chevaux participent à la course;∎ she ran for her country in the Olympics elle a couru pour son pays aux jeux Olympiques∎ run for your lives! sauve qui peut!;∎ familiar if the night watchman sees you, run for it! si le veilleur de nuit te voit, tire-toi ou file!;∎ figurative you can't just keep running from your past vous ne pouvez pas continuer à fuir votre passé(d) (pass → road, railway, boundary) passer;∎ a tunnel runs under the mountain un tunnel passe sous la montagne;∎ the railway line runs through a valley/over a viaduct le chemin de fer passe dans une vallée/sur un viaduc;∎ the pipes run under the road les tuyaux passent sous la route;∎ the road runs alongside the river/parallel to the coast la route longe la rivière/la côte;∎ hedgerows run between the fields des haies séparent les champs;∎ the road runs due north la route va droit vers le nord;∎ to run north and south être orienté nord-sud;∎ a canal running from London to Birmingham un canal qui va de Londres à Birmingham;∎ a high fence runs around the building une grande barrière fait le tour du bâtiment;∎ the lizard has red markings running down its back le dos du lézard est zébré de rouge;∎ the line of print ran off the page la ligne a débordé de la feuille;∎ figurative our lives seem to be running in different directions il semble que nos vies prennent des chemins différents∎ the pram ran down the hill out of control le landau a dévalé la côte;∎ the tram runs on special tracks le tramway roule sur des rails spéciaux;∎ the crane runs on rails la grue se déplace sur des rails;∎ the piano runs on casters le piano est monté sur (des) roulettes;∎ the truck ran off the road le camion a quitté la route;∎ let the cord run through your hands laissez la corde filer entre vos mains;∎ his fingers ran over the controls ses doigts se promenèrent sur les boutons de commande;∎ her eyes ran down the list elle parcourut la liste des yeux;∎ a shiver ran down my spine un frisson me parcourut le dos;∎ his thoughts ran to that hot August day in Paris cette chaude journée d'août à Paris lui revint à l'esprit(f) (words, text)∎ how does that last verse run? c'est quoi la dernière strophe?;∎ their argument or reasoning runs something like this voici plus ou moins leur raisonnement;∎ the conversation ran something like this voilà en gros ce qui s'est dit(g) (spread → rumour, news) se répandre(h) (flow → river, water, tap, nose) couler;∎ let the water run until it's hot laisse couler l'eau jusqu'à ce qu'elle soit chaude;∎ the water's run cold l'eau est froide au robinet;∎ you've let the water run cold tu as laissé couler l'eau trop longtemps, elle est devenue froide;∎ your bath is running ton bain est en train de couler;∎ your nose is running tu as le nez qui coule;∎ the cold made our eyes run le froid nous piquait les yeux;∎ the hot water runs along/down this pipe l'eau chaude passe/descend dans ce tuyau;∎ their faces were running with sweat leurs visages ruisselaient de transpiration;∎ tears ran down her face des larmes coulaient sur son visage;∎ the streets were running with blood le sang coulait dans les rues;∎ the river ran red with blood les eaux de la rivière étaient rouges de sang;∎ the Jari runs into the Amazon le Jari se jette dans l'Amazone∎ her mascara had run son mascara avait coulé(j) (in wash → colour, fabric) déteindre;∎ wash that dress separately, the colour might run lave cette robe à part, elle pourrait déteindre(k) (operate → engine, machine, business) marcher, fonctionner;∎ to run on or off electricity/gas/diesel fonctionner à l'électricité/au gaz/au diesel;∎ this machine runs off the mains cet appareil se branche sur (le) secteur;∎ the tape recorder was still running le magnétophone était encore en marche;∎ leave the engine running laissez tourner le moteur;∎ the engine is running smoothly le moteur tourne rond;∎ the new assembly line is up and running la nouvelle chaîne de montage est en service;∎ Computing do not interrupt the program while it is running ne pas interrompre le programme en cours d'exécution;∎ Computing this software runs on DOS ce logiciel tourne sous DOS;∎ Computing running at… cadencé à…;∎ figurative everything is running smoothly tout marche très bien(l) (public transport) circuler;∎ this train doesn't run/only runs on Sundays ce train ne circule pas/ne circule que le dimanche;∎ some bus lines run all night certaines lignes d'autobus sont en service toute la nuit;∎ the buses stop running at midnight après minuit il n'y a plus de bus;∎ trains running between London and Manchester trains qui circulent entre Londres et Manchester;∎ trains running to Calais are cancelled les trains à destination de Calais sont annulés;∎ he took the tube that runs through Clapham il prit la ligne de métro qui passe par Clapham(m) (last) durer; (be valid → contract) être ou rester valide; (→ agreement) être ou rester en vigueur; Finance (→ interest) courir;∎ the sales run from the beginning to the end of January les soldes durent du début à la fin janvier;∎ the sales have only another two days to run il ne reste que deux jours de soldes;∎ the meeting ran for an hour longer than expected la réunion a duré une heure de plus que prévu;∎ I'd like the ad to run for a week je voudrais que l'annonce passe pendant une semaine;∎ the lease has another year to run le bail n'expire pas avant un an;∎ your subscription will run for two years votre abonnement sera valable deux ans;∎ interest runs from 1 January les intérêts courent à partir du 1er janvier∎ the play has been running for a year la pièce est à l'affiche depuis un an;∎ the film is currently running in Hull le film est actuellement sur les écrans à Hull;∎ his new musical should run and run! sa nouvelle comédie musicale devrait tenir l'affiche pendant des mois!;∎ Television this soap opera has been running for twenty years ça fait vingt ans que ce feuilleton est diffusé;∎ America's longest-running TV series la plus longue série télévisée américaine(o) (occur → inherited trait, illness)∎ twins run in our family les jumeaux sont courants dans la famille;∎ heart disease runs in the family les maladies cardiaques sont fréquentes dans notre famille∎ the colours run from dark blue to bright green les couleurs vont du bleu foncé au vert vif∎ to run high (sea) être grosse ou houleuse;∎ feelings or tempers were running high les esprits étaient échauffés;∎ their ammunition was running low ils commençaient à manquer de munitions;∎ our stores are running low nos provisions s'épuisent ou tirent à leur fin;∎ he's running scared il a la frousse;∎ to be running late être en retard, avoir du retard;∎ programmes are running ten minutes late les émissions ont toutes dix minutes de retard;∎ sorry I can't stop, I'm running a bit late désolé, je ne peux pas rester, je suis un peu en retard;∎ events are running in our favour les événements tournent en notre faveur;∎ inflation was running at 18 percent le taux d'inflation était de 18 pour cent(r) (be candidate, stand) se présenter;∎ to run for president or the presidency se présenter aux élections présidentielles, être candidat aux élections présidentielles ou à la présidence;∎ to run for office se porter candidat;∎ she's running on a law-and-order ticket elle se présente aux élections avec un programme basé sur la lutte contre l'insécurité;∎ he ran against Reagan in 1984 il s'est présenté contre Reagan en 1984∎ why don't we run down to the coast/up to London? si on faisait un tour jusqu'à la mer/jusqu'à Londres?∎ to run (before the wind) filer vent arrière;(u) (ladder → stocking, tights) filerBritish courir (çà et là);∎ I've been running about all day looking for you! j'ai passé ma journée à te chercher partout!(meet → acquaintance) rencontrer par hasard, tomber sur; (find → book, reference) trouver par hasard, tomber surtraverser en courantalso figurative courir après;∎ it's not like her to run after a man ce n'est pas son genre de courir après un homme;∎ she spends half her life running after her kids elle passe son temps à être derrière les enfants;∎ he's got all these assistants running after him the whole time il a tout un tas d'assistants qui passent sans arrêt derrière ce qu'il fait(go away) s'en aller, partir;∎ it's getting late, I must be running along il se fait tard, il faut que j'y aille;∎ run along to bed now, children! allez les enfants, au lit maintenant!(a) (from place to place) courir (çà et là)□ ;∎ I've been running around all day looking for you! j'ai passé ma journée à te chercher partout!□∎ he was sure his wife was running around il était sûr que sa femme le trompait□∎ he's always running around with other women il est toujours en train de courir après d'autres femmes∎ their son has run away from home leur fils a fait une fugue;∎ I'll be with you in a minute, don't run away je serai à toi dans un instant, ne te sauve pas;∎ run away and play now, children allez jouer ailleurs, les enfants;∎ figurative to run away from one's responsibilities fuir ses responsabilités;∎ to run away from the facts se refuser à l'évidence(a) (secretly or illegally) partir avec;∎ he ran away with his best friend's wife il est parti avec la femme de son meilleur ami;∎ he ran away with the takings il est parti avec la caisse∎ don't let your excitement run away with you gardez votre calme;∎ she tends to let her imagination run away with her elle a tendance à se laisser emporter par son imagination(c) (get → idea)∎ don't go running away with the idea or the notion that it will be easy n'allez pas vous imaginer que ce sera facile∎ they ran away with nearly all the medals ils ont remporté presque toutes les médailles➲ run back(a) (drive back) raccompagner (en voiture);∎ she ran me back home elle m'a ramené ou raccompagné chez moi en voiture;∎ he ran me back on his motorbike il m'a raccompagné en moto(b) (rewind → tape, film) rembobiner∎ familiar to come running back (errant husband etc) revenir□∎ to run back over sth passer qch en revue∎ to run sth by sb (submit) soumettre qch à qn;∎ you'd better run that by the committee vous feriez mieux de demander l'avis du comité;∎ run that by me again répétez-moi ça➲ run down(a) (reduce, diminish → gen) réduire; (→ number of employees) diminuer; (→ stocks) laisser s'épuiser; (→ industry, factory) fermer progressivement;∎ they are running down their military presence in Africa ils réduisent leur présence militaire en Afrique;∎ the government was accused of running down the steel industry le gouvernement a été accusé de laisser dépérir la sidérurgie;∎ you've run the battery down vous avez déchargé la pile; (of car) vous avez vidé ou déchargé la batterie, vous avez mis la batterie à plat∎ they're always running her friends down ils passent leur temps à dire du mal de ou à dénigrer ses amis□ ;∎ stop running yourself down all the time cesse de te rabaisser constamment(c) (in car → pedestrian, animal) renverser, écraser;∎ he was run down by a bus il s'est fait renverser par un bus∎ I finally ran down the reference in the library j'ai fini par dénicher la référence à la bibliothèque∎ the batteries in the radio are beginning to run down les piles de la radio commencent à être usées➲ run in∎ running in en rodage(a) (encounter → problem, difficulty) rencontrer(b) (meet → acquaintance) rencontrer (par hasard), tomber sur;∎ to run into debt faire des dettes, s'endetter(c) (collide with → of car, driver) percuter, rentrer dans;∎ I ran into a lamppost je suis rentrée dans un réverbère;∎ you should be more careful, you nearly ran into me! tu devrais faire attention, tu as failli me rentrer dedans!(d) (amount to) s'élever à;∎ debts running into millions of dollars des dettes qui s'élèvent à des millions de dollars;∎ takings run into five figures la recette atteint les cinq chiffres(e) (merge into) se fondre dans, se confondre avec;∎ the red runs into orange le rouge devient orange;∎ the words began to run into each other before my eyes les mots commençaient à se confondre devant mes yeux➲ run off∎ run me off five copies of this report faites-moi cinq copies de ce rapport(b) (write quickly) (article) pondre∎ the heats will be run off tomorrow les éliminatoires se disputeront demain(d) (lose → excess weight, fat) perdre en courant∎ I'll be with you in a minute, don't run off je serai à toi dans un instant, ne te sauve pas➲ run on(lines of writing) ne pas découper en paragraphes; (letters, words) ne pas séparer, lier∎ the play ran on for hours la pièce a duré des heures;∎ the discussion ran on for an extra hour la discussion a duré une heure de plus que prévu∎ he does run on rather quand il est parti celui-là, il ne s'arrête plus;∎ he can run on for hours if you let him si tu le laisses faire il peut tenir le crachoir pendant des heures➲ run out(a) (cable, rope) laisser filer∎ to run a batsman out mettre un batteur hors jeu∎ hurry up, time is running out! dépêchez-vous, il ne reste plus beaucoup de temps!;∎ their luck finally ran out la chance a fini par tourner, leur chance n'a pas duré(c) (expire → contract, passport, agreement) expirer, venir à expirationmanquer de;∎ we're running out of ammunition nous commençons à manquer de munitions;∎ we're running out of sugar nous allons nous trouver à court de sucre;∎ he's run out of money il n'a plus d'argent;∎ to run out of patience être à bout de patience;∎ to run out of petrol tomber en panne d'essence(spouse, colleague) laisser tomber, abandonner;∎ she ran out on her husband elle a quitté son mari;∎ his assistants all ran out on him ses assistants l'ont tous abandonné ou laissé tomber➲ run over(pedestrian, animal) écraser;∎ I nearly got run over j'ai failli me faire écraser;∎ he's been run over il s'est fait écraser;∎ the car ran over his legs la voiture lui est passé sur les jambes∎ let's run over the arguments one more time before the meeting reprenons les arguments une dernière fois avant la réunion;∎ could you run over the main points for us? pourriez-vous nous récapituler les principaux points?∎ to run over the allotted time excéder le temps imparti(a) (overflow) déborder;∎ literary my cup runneth over je nage dans le bonheur;∎ to run over with energy/enthusiasm déborder d'énergie/d'enthousiasme(b) (run late) dépasser l'heure; Radio & Television dépasser le temps d'antenne, déborder sur le temps d'antenne;∎ the programme ran over by twenty minutes l'émission a dépassé son temps d'antenne de vingt minutes➲ run past= run bypasser en courant(a) (cross → of person) traverser en courant;∎ figurative money runs through his fingers like water l'argent lui brûle les doigts(b) (pervade → of thought, feeling)∎ a strange idea ran through my mind une idée étrange m'a traversé l'esprit;∎ a thrill of excitement ran through her un frisson d'émotion la parcourut;∎ an angry murmur ran through the crowd des murmures de colère parcoururent la foule;∎ his words kept running through my head ses paroles ne cessaient de retentir dans ma tête;∎ an air of melancholy runs through the whole film une atmosphère de mélancolie imprègne tout le film∎ she ran through the arguments in her mind elle repassa les arguments dans sa tête;∎ let's just run through the procedure one more time reprenons une dernière fois la marche à suivre;∎ I'll run through your speech with you je vous ferai répéter votre discours(d) (read quickly) parcourir (des yeux), jeter un coup d'œil sur∎ he runs through a dozen shirts a week il lui faut une douzaine de chemises par semaine∎ to run sb through (with a sword) transpercer qn (d'un coup d'épée)(a) (amount to) se chiffrer à;∎ her essay ran to twenty pages sa dissertation faisait vingt pages∎ your salary should run to a new computer ton salaire devrait te permettre d'acheter un nouvel ordinateur;∎ the budget won't run to champagne le budget ne nous permet pas d'acheter du champagne➲ run up(a) (debt, bill) laisser s'accumuler;∎ I've run up a huge overdraft j'ai un découvert énorme(c) (sew quickly) coudre rapidement ou à la hâte(climb rapidly) monter en courant; (approach) approcher en courant;∎ a young man ran up to me un jeune homme s'approcha de moi en courant(encounter) se heurter à;∎ we've run up against some problems nous nous sommes heurtés à quelques problèmes -
13 πίστις
πίστις, εως, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; ranging in meaning from subjective confidence to objective basis for confidence).ⓐ the state of being someone in whom confidence can be placed, faithfulness, reliability, fidelity, commitment (X., An. 1, 6, 3; 3, 3, 4; Aristot., Eth. Eud, 7, 2, 1237b, 12; Polyb. 7, 12, 9; 38, 1, 8 al.; Herodian 2, 14, 4 al.; SIG 675, 22; OGI 557, 16; PTebt 27, 6; 51 [II B.C.]; POxy 494, 9; 705, 32; other pap M-M. s.v.; Ps 32:4; Pr 12:22; Jos., Ant. 2, 61; TestAsh 7:7) w. κρίσις and ἔλεος Mt 23:23. (Opp. ἀπιστία as Hes., Op. 370) τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ καταργεῖν nullify the faithfulness/commitment of God (cp. Ps 32:4; Hos 2:22) Ro 3:3. πᾶσαν π. ἐνδείκνυσθαι ἀγαθήν show all good faith(fulness) Tit 2:10 (cp. BGU 314, 19 μετὰ πίστεως ἀγαθῆς). W. other virtues Gal 5:22 (on πίστις, πραΰτης cp. Sir 45:4; 1:27). W. ὑπομονή 2 Th 1:4. τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα I have remained faithful or loyal (πίστιν τηρεῖν as Polyb. 6, 56, 13; 10, 37, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 121; 6, 345; OGI 339, 46f; IBM III, 587b, 5f [Dssm., LO 262=LAE 309, esp. note 3]) 2 Ti 4:7, though this would be classified by some under 3 below. S. also 1c below.ⓑ a solemn promise to be faithful and loyal, assurance, oath, troth (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 44; 8, 8, 3, Hell. 1, 3, 12; Diod S 14, 9, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §362 μεγάλας πίστεις ἔδωκεν=solemn assurances; 3 Macc 3:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 382) τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12 (s. also ἀθετέω 1 and cp. CIA app. [Wünsch, Praef. p. xv] of a woman who πρώτη ἠθέτησεν τὴν πίστιν to her husband). Cp. Rv 2:3.ⓒ a token offered as a guarantee of someth. promised, proof, pledge (Pla., Phd. 70b; Isocr. 3, 8; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 1; 3, 13; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 63; 85: πίστις βεβαία=dependable proof; Polyb. 3, 100, 3; Περὶ ὕψους 39, 3=p. 74, 20 V.; Epict. 1, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 119 §500; Jos., Ant. 15, 69) πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτόν (God has appointed a man [Jesus] to be judge of the world, and) he has furnished proof (of his fitness for this office) to all people by raising him (on πίστιν παρέχειν cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 218 πίστιν παρεῖχε; 15, 260; Polyb. 2, 52, 4 πίστιν παρέσχετο=gave a pledge, security; Vett. Val. 277, 29f) Ac 17:31. JBarton, Biblica 40, ’59, 878–84: π. in 2 Ti 4:7= bond deposited by an athlete. But see 3 below.—WSchmitz, ῾Η Πίστις in den Papyri, diss. Cologne, ’64.② state of believing on the basis of the reliability of the one trusted, trust, confidence, faith in the active sense=‘believing’, in ref. to deity (Soph. Oed. R. 1445 νῦν γʼ ἂν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις; Pla., Leg. 12, 966de; Plut. Mor. 402e; 756b; Dio Chrys. 3, 51 παρὰ θεῶν τιμὴ κ. πίστις; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 226 D.: πίστιν ἐν τ. θεοῖς ἔχειν; Appian, Liby. 57 §248 ἐς θεοὺς πίστις; Ep. 33 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 352, 14]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10 ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 τῆς βεβαίας πίστεως, τὸ μεμαθηκέναι, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖται πάντα. The divinity Πίστις in Plut., Num. 70 [16, 1] and in magic [exx. in Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234f, among them Aberciusins. 12; PGM 4, 1014 ἀλήθεια καὶ πίστις; 12, 228]; Wsd 3:14; 4 Macc 15:24; 16:22; 17:2; Philo, Abr. 270; 271; 273, Mut. Nom. 182, Migr. Abr. 43f, Conf. Lingu. 31, Poster. Cai. 13 [on faith in Philo s. the lit. given under πιστεύω 2aα]; Jos, C. Ap. 2, 163; 169; Just., A I, 52, 1 πίστιν ἔχειν; 53, 11 πειθὼ καὶ πίστιν … ἐμφορῆσαι), in our lit. directed toward God and Christ, their revelations, teachings, promises, their power and readiness to aid.ⓐ God: πίστις θεοῦ (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 179.—Cp. π. καὶ φόβος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [p. 72, 26]) faith, trust, confidence in God Mk 11:22; cp. Ac 19:20 D; 1 Cl 3:4; 27:3. π. θείου πνεύμαπος faith in the divine spirit Hm 11:9. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου Hs 6, 3, 6. π. (καὶ ἐλπὶς) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21. π. ἐπὶ θεόν Hb 6:1. ἡ πίστις ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8 (on the constr. w. πρὸς τ. θ. cp. Philo, Abr. 268; 271; 273; Just., D. 121, 2 διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον π.).—πίστις can also be characterized as faith in God by the context, without the addition of specific words; so in connection w. OT personalities: Abraham Ro 4:5, 9, 11–13, 16, 19f (s. also 2dα below); 1 Cl 10:7; 31:2; of Rahab 12:1, 8; of Esther 55:6 (ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν). The OT heroes of faith Hb 11:4–33, 39 (w. this catalogue of heroes cp. Il. 4, 457–538; 2 Km 23:8–39; 1 Ch 11:10–12:18; CGordon, Homer, and the Bible: HUCA 26, ’55, 83).—But in Hb it is also true that God is specifically the object of the Christian’s faith, and Christ 12:2 is ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸς καὶ τελειώτης. Cp. 10:38; 11:3; 13:7. (On faith in Hb s. Schlatter, Der Glaube im NT4 1927, 520ff; BHeigl, Verfasser u. Adresse des Hb 1905, 109–18; GHoennicke, Die sittl. Anschauungen des Hb: ZWT 45, 1902, 26ff; Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 11; Riggenbach and Michel on Hb 11; Strathmann on 10:38. S. ὑπόστασις end.)—ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν Mt 17:20. Opp. doubt 21:21. αἰτεῖν ἐν πίστει μηδὲν διακρινόμενος Js 1:6. ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 5:15 (εὐχή 1). ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν faith in the working of God, who raised him from the dead Col 2:12.ⓑ Christα. of belief and trust in the Lord’s help in physical and spiritual distress; oft. in the synopt. gospels: Mt 8:10; 9:2, 22, 29 (κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν); 15:28; Mk 2:5; 4:40; 5:34; 10:52; Lk 5:20; 7:9, 50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42.—Cp. ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι (the lame man) had faith that he would be cured Ac 14:9.β. of faith in Christ, designated by the addition of certain words. By the obj. gen. (s. Just., D. 52, 4 διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ) πίστις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ faith in Jesus Christ (and sim. exprs. On interp. as obj. gen. s. AHultgren, NovT 22, ’80, 248–63 [lit.]; response SWilliams, CBQ 49, ’87, 431–47.) Ro 3:22, 26; Gal 2:16ab, 20; 3:22; Eph 3:12; Phil 3:9a; Js 2:1; Rv 14:12; cp. 2:13 (ἡ πίστις μου=faith in me, the Human One [Son of Man]); IMg 1:1. (The πίστις Χριστοῦ in Paul is taken as a subj. gen. by JHaussleiter, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1891, Was versteht Paulus unter christlichem Glauben?: Greifswalder Studien für HCremer 1895, 161–82 and GKittel, StKr 79, 1906, 419ff. See also Schläger, ZNW 7, 1906, 356–58; BLongenecker, NTS 39, ’93, 478–80 [lit. since ’81]; DCampbell, JBL 113, ’94, 265–85; response BDodd, 114, ’95, 470–73.—ADeissmann, Paulus2 1925, 125f [Paul, tr. WWilson, 1926, 162ff], speaks of the mystical gen., ‘faith in Christ’. Likew. HWeber, Die Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff, esp. 231, 3; WWeber, Christusmystik 1924, 82. S. also LAlbrecht, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1921; OSchmitz, Die Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebr. 1924, 91–134; OHoltzmann, D. Glaube an Jes.: Stromata 1930, 11–25; GTaylor, JBL 85, ’66, 58–76: the passages in Gal=Christ’s reliability as a trustee. Cp. GHoward, HTR 60, ’67, 459–65; MHooker, NTS 35, ’89, 321–42.)—By prepositional phrases: πίστις εἰς Χριστόν (and sim. exprs.) faith in Christ Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5 (Just., D. 40, 1).—Also πίστις ἐν Χριστῷ (and sim.) Gal 3:26; Eph 1:15; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 3:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Cl 22:1. In ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι Ro 3:25, ἐν κτλ. prob. goes not w. πίστις, but w. ἱλαστήριον (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; W-S. §20, 5d).—πίστις, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰησοῦν Phlm 5.—πίστις διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστοῦ Ac 20:21 D; sim. ἡ πίστις ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ 3:16b (cp. 1 Pt 1:21).—Jesus Christ is called ἡ τελεία πίστις ISm 10:2.ⓒ πίστις can also be characterized by an objective gen. of the thing: ἡ πίστις τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ faith in his (Jesus’) name Ac 3:16a. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:27. εὐαγγελίων πίστις Dg 11:6. πίστις ἀληθείας 2 Th 2:13.ⓓ πίστις is found mostly without an obj., faith, firm commitmentα. as true piety, genuine devotion (Sextus 7a and 7; ParJer 6:7), which for our lit. means being a Christian (τὸ ἀληθινὸν πάσχα … πίστει νονούμενον Hippol., Ref. 8, 18, 1; Did., Gen. 54, 11) Lk 18:8 (s. Jülicher, Gleichn. 288); 22:32; Ac 6:5=vs. 8 v.l.; cp. 11:24.—6:7; 13:8; 14:22; 15:9; 16:5; Ro 1:5, 8, 12, 17ab (ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν does not mean a gradation [as, in a way, Appian, Mithrid. 40 §154: Sulla came upon ἕτερον ὅμοιον ἐξ ἑτέρου=one wall, i.e. fortification, after another similar one] or a transition from one kind to another [Himerius, Or.=Ecl. 10, 6 ἐκ ᾠδῆς εἰς ᾠδὴν ἄλλην μετέβαλον=they changed from one kind of song to another], but merely expresses in a rhetorical way that πίστις is the beginning and the end; s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc., and a grave-ins [ANock, Sallust. p. xxxiii, 94] ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ὁ βίος οὗτοσ=‘dust is the beginning and the end of human life’.—AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54); 17c (here and in Gal 3:11 the LXX of Hab 2:4 [DCampbell, JBL 116, ’97, 713–19] is not followed literally, since it has ἐκ πίστεώς μου=‘as a result of my faithfulness’; even in Hb 10:38, where μου does occur, it goes w. δίκαιος, not w. πίστεως); Ro 3:27f (Luther’s addition of the word ‘alone’ in vs. 28 is hard to contest linguistically. Cp., e.g., Diog. L. 9, 6: Heraclitus wrote his work in very obscure language ὅπως οἱ δυνάμενοι προσίοιεν αὐτῷ=in order that only the capable might approach it. S. also Fitzmyer, ABComm. 360–64), 30f; 4:5–20 (s. also 2a above); 5:1f; 9:30, 32; 10:6, 17; 11:20 (opp. ἀπιστία); 12:3, 6 (s. ἀναλογία; for a difft. view 3 below); 14:1, 22 (s. ἐνώπιον 2b; others would place in 2dε), 23ab (but s. ε below); 16:26; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17; 16:13; 2 Cor 1:24ab; 4:13; 10:15; 13:5; Gal 3:7–26; 5:5, 6 (s. ἐνεργέω 1b); 6:10 (οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, s. οἰκεῖος b); Eph 2:8; 3:17; 4:5, 13; 6:16; Phil 1:25 (χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως); 2:17; 3:9b; Col 1:23; 2:7; 1 Th 3:2, 5, 7, 10; 2 Th 1:3, 11; 3:2; 1 Ti 1:2, 4, 5 (π. ἀνυπόκριτος), 19ab; 4:1; 5:8; 6:10, 12, 21 (but s. 3 below); 2 Ti 1:5 (ἀνυπόκριτος π.); 2:18; 3:8; Tit 1:1, 4, 13; 3:15; Phlm 6 (s. κοινωνία 4); Hb 6:12; 10:22, 39 (opp. ὑποστολή); Js 1:3; 2:5; 1 Pt 1:5, 7, 9; 5:9; 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:4; 1 Cl 1:2 (ἡ πανάρετος κ. βεβαία π.); ISm 1:1 (ἀκίνητος π.); Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4 (both πλήρης ἐν τῇ πίστει full of faith); 5, 2, 3 (π. ὁλόκληρος); 9:6 (ὁλοτελὴς ἐν τ. π.), 7 (opp. διψυχία), 12 (π. ἡ ἔχουσα δύναμιν); 12, 6, 1; Hs 9, 19, 2 (ἀπὸ τῆς π. κενοί); 9, 26, 8 (κολοβοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῶν).—τὸ ῥῆμα τ. πίστεως Ro 10:8. οἱ λόγοι τῆς π. 1 Ti 4:6. τὸ μυστήριον τῆς π. 3:9. ὁ θεὸς ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως God has opened the door of faith to the Gentiles, i.e. opened the way for them to participate in a new relationship w. God Ac 14:27 (s. also θύρα 1bγ). ἀκοὴ πίστεως Gal 3:2, 5 (s. ἀκοή 2 and 4b). (τὸ) ἔργον (τῆς) π. 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11 (s. ἔργον 1b). οἱ ἐκ πίστεως the people of faith (s. ἐκ 3b) Gal 3:7, 9. πῶς οὐν [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν; Ox 1081, 25f (but here [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν is the preferable restoration w. Till after the Coptic SJCh 90, 2); 32. Of gnostics τοῦ ὄφεως πίστιν ἔχουσιν AcPlCor 2:20.—If the principal component of Christianity is faith, then π. can be understood as the Gospel in terms of the commitment it evokes (cp. SIG 932, 7 [II/I B.C.]) νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει Gal 1:23 (s. 3 below). Perh. also Ro 1:5.β. Hb 11:1 defines πίστις as ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. There is here no qu. about the mng. of π. as confidence or assurance (s. 2a above), but on its relation to ὑπόστασις as its predication s. under that word.—(Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 18 interprets πιστεύειν in someth. as incapability to see someth. that is apparent only to God.) Paul contrasts walking διὰ εἴδους (εἶδος 3) as the lower degree, with διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 5:7 (s. KDeissner, Pls. u. die Mystik seiner Zeit2 1921, 101ff). On the other hand πίστις is on a higher level than merely listening to Christian preaching Hb 4:2.γ. πίστις abs., as a Christian virtue, is often coupled w. others of the same kind, esp. oft. w. ἀγάπη: 1 Th 3:6; 5:8; 1 Ti 1:14; 2 Ti 1:13; Phlm 5; B 11:8; IEph 1:1; 9:1; 14:1; 20:1; IMg 1:2; 13:1; IRo ins; ISm ins; 6:1; 13:2; AcPl Ha 8, 35. W. ἀγάπη and other abstracts 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 5:22; Eph 6:23; 1 Ti 2:15; 4:12; 6:11: 2 Ti 2:22; 3:10; Tit 2:2; Rv 2:19; IPhld 11:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 8:9; cp. v 3, 8, 2–5. The triad πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13; cp. also Col 1:4f; 1 Th 1:3; 5:8; B 1:4 (on this triad see s.v. ἀγάπη 1aα). W. ἐλπίς only (cp. 1 Pt 1:21) 1 Cl 58:2. The ζωῆς ἐλπίς is called ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος πίστεως ἡμῶν B 1:6.—W. ἀλήθεια (TestLevi 8:2) 1 Ti 2:7 (cp. the combination POxy 70, 4f [III A.D.]); 1 Cl 60:4. W. δικαιοσύνη Pol 9:2. W. ὑπομονή Rv 13:10; w. ὑπομ. and other abstracts 2 Pt 1:5f; Pol 13:2 (cp. also the following passages already referred to in this section: 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2 and Js 1:3 [α above]). W. γνῶσις (Just., D. 69, 1) et al. 2 Pt 1:5f [s. above]; D 10:2. ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν B 1:5. W. φόβος and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1.—(Distinguished from θεία σοφία: Orig., C. Cels. 6, 13, 23.)δ. faith as fidelity to Christian teaching. This point of view calls for ἔργα as well as the kind of πίστις that represents only one side of true piety: Js 2:14ab, 17, 18abc, 20, 22ab, 24, 26 (ἔργον 1a); Hv 3, 6, 5; Hs 8, 9, 1ab.ε. Ro 14:22 and 23 π. as freedom or strength in faith, conviction (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but s. α above).ζ. In addition to the πίστις that every Christian possesses (s. 2dα above) Paul speaks of a special gift of faith that belongs to a select few 1 Cor 12:9. Here he understands π. as an unquestioning belief in God’s power to aid people with miracles, the faith that ‘moves mountains’ 13:2 (cp. Mt 17:20.—21:21; s. 2a above). This special kind of faith may be what the disciples had in mind when they asked πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν Lk 17:5; cp. vs. 6. τῇ πίστει φερόμενος ὁ Παυλος AcPl Ha 5, 1.③ that which is believed, body of faith/belief/teaching (Diod S 1, 23, 8 ἰσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον=an article of faith that was firm and unshakable [concerning Orpheus and Dionysus]; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 8, 1; Iren., 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I, 92, 1]; Orig., C. Cels., 1, 42, 26; Did., Gen. 156, 23). So clearly Jd 3 (τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει), 20 (τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει.—ἅγιος 1aα). πίστις θεοῦ=that which, acc. to God’s will, is to be believed IEph 16:2.—This objectivizing of the term πίστις is found as early as Paul: Ro 1:5; Gal 1:23 (s. 2dα end) and perh. Gal 3:23–25 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ASeeberg, D. Katechismus der Urchristenheit 1903, 110f, understands 1 Ti 1:19; 4:1, 6; 6:10, cp. 21; 2 Ti 2:18 in this manner. Ro 12:6 (but s. ἀναλογία) and 2 Ti 4:7 are also interpreted in this way by many.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 475–86; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 1927; APott, Das Hoffen im NT in seiner Beziehung zum Glauben1915; ANairne, The Faith of the NT 1920; RGyllenberg, Pistis 1922; WKümmel, D. Glaube im NT: ThBl 16, ’38, 209–21; Dodd 65–68; TTorrance, ET 68, ’57, 111–14; CMoule, ibid. 157.—Synoptics: TShearer, ET 69, ’57, 3–6.—Esp. for Paul: BBartmann, Pls, die Grundzüge seiner Lehre u. die moderne Religionsgeschichte 1914; WMorgan, The Religion and Theology of Paul 1917; WHatch, The Pauline Idea of Faith in Its Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion 1917; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 4:25; FKnoke, Der christl. Glaube nach Pls 1922; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Pls: ZNW 22, 1923, 43–57; EWissmann, Das Verh. v. πίστις und Christusfrömmigkeit bei Pls 1926; MDibelius, Glaube u. Mystik b. Pls: Neue Jahrb. f. Wissensch. u. Jugendbildg. 7, ’31, 683–99; WMundle, D. Glaubensbegriff des Pls ’32 (p. xi–xvi extensive bibliog.); RGyllenberg, Glaube b. Pls: ZWT 13, ’37, 612–30; MHansen, Om Trosbegrebet hos Pls ’37; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 270–77; 298–300; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 310–26 (Engl. tr. KGrobel I ’51, 314–30; for the Johannines II, 70–92, ’55); MMassinger, BiblSacra 107, ’50, 181–94 et al. S. also δικαιοσύνη 3a.—For the Fourth Gosp.: JBuswell, The Ethics of ‘Believe’ in the Fourth Gospel: BiblSacra 80, 1923, 28–37; JHuby, De la connaissance de foi chez S. Jean: RSR 21, ’31, 385–421; RSchnackenburg, D. Glaube im 4. Ev., diss. Breslau ’37; WHatch, The Idea of Faith in Christ. Lit. fr. the Death of St. Paul to the Close of the Second Century 1926.—EGraesser, D. Glaube im Hebräerbrief, ’65.—ABaumeister, D. Ethik des Pastor Hermae, 1912, 61–140.—ESeidl, π. in d. griech. Lit. (to Peripatetics), diss. Innsbruck, ’53; HLjungman, Pistis, ’64; DLührmann, Pistis im Judent., ZNW 64, ’73, 19–38. On faith in late Judaism s. Bousset, Rel.3 534a (index); also DHay, JBL 108, ’89, 4611–76; DLindsay, Josephus and Faith ’93. On the Hellenistic concept πίστις Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234–36.—DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
14 partida
f.1 departure (marcha).2 game.echar una partida to have a game3 certificate (document).partida de bautismo/defunción baptismal/death certificatepartida de matrimonio/nacimiento marriage/birth certificate4 consignment (commerce) (mercancía).5 match, contest, game.6 group of items, parcel of things.7 entry, record, item.8 budget item.9 allotment.past part.past participle of spanish verb: partir.* * *1 (remesa) consignment, lot2 (documento) certificate3 FINANZAS entry, item4 (juego) game5 (grupo - de soldados) squad, gang; (- de cazadores) party\jugar una partida to play a gamejugarle una mala partida a alguien to play a dirty trick on somebodypor partida doble twice overpartida de nacimiento birth certificatepartida doble double entry* * *noun f.1) departure2) game3) certificate4) item* * *SF1) (=documento) certificatepartida bautismal, partida de bautismo — baptismal certificate
2) (Econ) [de cuenta] entry, item; [de presupuesto] item, heading3) (Com) (=envío) consignmenthan enviado una partida de 10.000 euros — they have sent a consignment worth 10,000 euros
4) (Naipes, Ajedrez) game5) (=salida) departure6) (=grupo) party; (Mil) band, group* * *1) (Jueg) gameuna partida de ajedrez/cartas — a game of chess/cards
2)a) (en registro, contabilidad) entry; ( en presupuesto) itemb) ( de mercancías) consignment, batch3) (frml) ( salida) departure, leaving4) (de rastreadores, excursionistas) party, groupser partida — (Per fam) to be game (colloq)
•* * *1) (Jueg) gameuna partida de ajedrez/cartas — a game of chess/cards
2)a) (en registro, contabilidad) entry; ( en presupuesto) itemb) ( de mercancías) consignment, batch3) (frml) ( salida) departure, leaving4) (de rastreadores, excursionistas) party, groupser partida — (Per fam) to be game (colloq)
•* * *partida11 = departure, leaving.Ex: Apart from its undoubted value in its own right, Sears' provides a valuable model or point of departure for others.
Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.* de partida = from the beginning, from the outset, from the start.* las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.* punto de partida = point of departure, starting point, take-off point, baseline [base line], beginning point.* ser el punto de partida de = form + the basis of.* servir de punto de partida = point + the way to.* tomar como punto de partida = build on/upon.* un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.* volver al punto de partida = come + full circle, bring + Pronombre + full-circle, go back to + square one, be back to square one.partida22 = appropriation.Ex: As inflation continues to absorb library expenses and state appropriations decrease or remain static, librarians need to reconsider their budgets.
* asignar una partida presupuestaria = commit + fund.* contabilidad por partida doble = double-entry book-keeping.* organismo encargado de la asignación de partidas = appropriating body.* partida para gastos de funcionamiento = operating budget, operating funds.* partida presupuestaria = fund, library fund, budget heading, budget fund, budget head.* partida presupuestaria para la encuadernación = bindery fund, binding fund.* presupuesto desglosado por partidas = programme budget, programme budgetting.partida33 = game.Ex: A game is a set of materials designed for play according to prescribed rules.
* ganar la partida a = outmanoeuvre [outmaneuver, -USA].* ganarle la partida = out-think [outthink].* ganarle la partida a = outfox, outwit, outsmart.* * *A ( Jueg) gameuna partida de ajedrez/cartas a game of chess/cards¿nos echamos otra partidita? shall we have another game?B1 (en un registro) entry2 (en contabilidad) entry3 (en un presupuesto) itemimportantes partidas de dinero large sums of money4 (de mercancías) consignment, batchCompuestos:● partida bautismal or de bautismocertificate of baptismbirth certificate( Fin) double entrypor partida doble twice overD (de rastreadores, excursionistas) party, groupesta noche vamos a bailar — ¡yo soy partida! we're going dancing tonight — I'm game o I'll come o you can count me in! ( colloq)Compuestos:(de caza menor) shooting party; (de caza mayor) hunting partyreconnaissance party* * *
partida sustantivo femenino
1 (Jueg) game;◊ una partida de ajedrez/cartas a game of chess/cards;
echar una partida to have a game
2 (en registro, contabilidad) entry;
( en presupuesto) item
3 ( certificado) certificate;◊ partida de defunción/nacimiento death/birth certificate
4 (frml) ( salida) departure, leaving
partido,-a sustantivo masculino
1 Pol party
2 Dep match, game
partido de vuelta, return match
3 (beneficio, oportunidades, jugo) advantage, benefit: sácale partido a la vida, make the most of life 4 ser un buen partido, to be a good catch
♦ Locuciones: tomar partido por, to side with
partida sustantivo femenino
1 (del tren, de una persona) departure
2 Com (cargamento, lote) batch, consignment
3 (de ajedrez) game
4 (de caza) party
5 Jur (documento oficial) certificate
partida de defunción/nacimiento, death/ birth certificate
6 Fin (de un presupuesto) item
' partida' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ida
- jornada
- jugar
- marcha
- múltiple
- regresar
- timba
- entablar
- entrega
- envío
- partido
- retrasar
- salida
English:
appropriate
- birth certificate
- circle
- departure
- exhausting
- game
- one-upmanship
- party
- point
- sailing
- shooting-party
- starting point
- birth
- delivery
- going
- hunt
- meet
- pack
- posse
- round
- search
- starting
- while
* * *partida nf1. [marcha] departure2. [en juego] game;una partida de ajedrez a game of chess;echar una partida to have a game3. [documento] certificatepartida de bautismo baptismal certificate;partida de defunción death certificate;partida de matrimonio marriage certificate;partida de nacimiento birth certificatepartida presupuestaria budget allocation6. [expedición] party;[militar] squad partida de caza hunting party;partida de reconocimiento reconnaissance party7. Comppor partida doble: hacer algo por partida doble to do sth twice;nos engañaron por partida doble they fooled us twice over;la familia real es hoy noticia por partida doble the royal family is in the news today on two accounts;un producto que es beneficioso para la salud por partida doble a product which is doubly beneficial to health* * *f1 en juego game;tenemos la partida ganada fig it’s in the bag2 ( remesa) consignment3 documento certificate* * *partida nf1) : departure2) : item, entry3) : certificatepartida de nacimiento: birth certificate4) : game, match, hand5) : party, group* * *partida n1. (juego) game2. (salida, marcha) departure -
15 at
æt I (полная форма) ;
(редуцированная форма) предл.
1) (самое общее значение нахождения в некоторой точке пространства) у, в, за, на He stood at the altar. ≈ Он стоял у алтаря. He set at his table. ≈ Он сидел за столом To cut the materials at the spot. ≈ Разрезать материал прямо на месте.
2) (значения нахождения в определенной географической области) а) амер. употребляется с названием стороны света на Mr. Mayhew has bought the provisions at the east. ≈ Мистер Мэйхью закупил еду на юге (имеется в виду на юге страны, в которой он живет) A still unsettled claim to a very large extent of territory at the eastward. ≈ До сих пор неразрешенный спор о претензиях на большую часть территории на востоке. б) амер. с о направлении ветра, переводится также прилагательным The wind which now blows at east. ≈ Сейчас, когда дует восточный ветер. The wind stood at the westward. ≈ Ветер дул с запада. в) амер., брит. диал. добавочное при слове where, опускается при переводе на русский см. where Where does he live at? ≈ Где он живет г) употребляется с рядом географических имен собственных, обычно с названиями удаленных мест или маленьких островов at St. Helena ≈ на острове Св.Елены at the Cape ≈ в Кейптауне The Parliament met at Edinburgh. ≈ Парламент заседал в Эдинбурге Did he graduate at Oxford or Cambridge? ≈ разг. Он окончил Оксфорд или Кембридж?
3) (значение принадлежности или нахождения кого-л. или чего-л. у кого-л.) у, с (или переводится по смыслу) а) прямое значение The word was at God. ≈ Слово было у бога. That's right, you have found mercy at our lord. ≈ И то правда, наш господин пожалел тебя (буквально "ты нашел жалость, прощение у нашего господина") at smb's б) переносное значение Mrs. Jewkes is mightily at me, to go with her. ≈ Мистер Джюкс все наседает на меня, чтобы я пошел с ней. All his people are at him, you see. ≈ Как вы видите, родители ему просто проходу не дают.
4) значение подчеркивания деловых или других официальных отношений с чем-л., а не просто нахождение в (сравни at school "в школе" in school "в школьном здании") What the parson at chapel says. ≈ Что говорит в церкви пастор. He was sent to be a boarder at the school for six months. ≈ Его отослали на шесть месяцев воспитанником в школу-интернат.
5) значение присутствия при каком-л. событии на, в When we were at Tunis at the marriage of your daughter. ≈ Когда мы были в Тунисе на свадьбе вашей дочери. He asked whether I had been at the battle. ≈ Он поинтересовался, бывал ли я в битве.
6) указывает на место, куда что-л. крепится, сторону, с которой что-л. находится;
тж. перен. у, рядом, на The friend at your left hand. ≈ Ваш друг, тот, что слева от вас. I have nothing more at heart than the honour of my dear countrywomen. ≈ В моем сердце нет ничего, кроме заботы о чести наших дорогих женщин. You have the ball at your feet. ≈ Рядом с твоей ногой мяч. He wears it at his watch chain. ≈ Он носит это на цепочке своих часов. a baby at breast
7) указывает на расстояние, на котором что-л. находится They held Dame Reason at the staff's end. ≈ Госпожу по имени Здравый Смысл они не подпускали к себе ближе, чем на расстояние вытянутой палки.
8) указывает в общих чертах на отношения некоего места с некоторым качеством;
обычно прямо не переводится в Withered at the root. ≈ С гнилыми корнями. The sight of the snake had turned him sick at stomach. ≈ При виде змеи его начало тошнить. The late king had been at heart a Roman Catholic. ≈ Последний король в глубине души был католик.
9) указывает на место, служащее входом или выходом, каналом из, через And spoke out at the window. ≈ Подошел к открытому окну и заговорил. Smoke issued forth at several orifices. ≈ Из нескольких кабинетов шел дым. He entered at the front door. ≈ Он вошел через главный вход.
10) указывает на место, у которого или в котором заканчивается некоторый процесс;
употребляется с рядом глаголов, иногда переносно к, до To arrive at exactly the same results. ≈ Достичь совершенно тех же результатов. That great man has as many to break through to come at me, as I have to come at him. ≈ На пути этого "сильного мира сего" лежит столько препятствий, мешающих ему добраться до меня, что мне нужно идти к нему.
11) указывает на направление, в котором нечто движется а) к, в, по (также по смыслу) Would you not spit at me? ≈ Что, даже не плюнешь в меня? A great blow was about to be aimed at the Protestant religion. ≈ По протестантской религии должны были нанести сокрушительный удар. Once they were seen and fired at. ≈ Как только их увидели, в них сразу начали стрелять. Ugly faces that were frowning over at her. ≈ Мерзкие рожи мерили ее злобными взглядами. б) против( также по смыслу) This touch at our old friends, the Whigs. ≈ Это камешек в огород нашим старым друзьям, вигам. The latter always made her speak at her husband. ≈ Этот последний всегда подстрекал ее кричать на мужа. They all had indignation at the judges. ≈ Судьи вызывали у них отвращение.
12) о движении, направленном на приобретение чего-л, дотягивание до чего-л к, до, за, на (и по смыслу) Catching at every thing that stood by them. ≈ И хватал все, что было рядом. All men make at the same common thing, money. ≈ Все люди стремятся к одному - к деньгам. Drowning men catch at straws. ≈ Утопающий хватается за соломинку (пословица) That power at which he had aspired. ≈ Та власть, которой он хотел обладать. "Strangers are nothing to me," said the young fellow, catching at the words. ≈ "Что мне до чужаков", сказал юноша, ловя его на слове.
13) указывает на предмет, который является важным для какой-л. деятельности, и в этом смысле сам является ею у, за And idled away the mornings at billiards. ≈ Утро он обычно убивал за биллиардом. He foils the Devil at his own weapons. ≈ Черта его же кочергой пришибет. In agility and skill at his weapons he had few equals. ≈ В ловкости и умении обращаться с оружием немногие могли с ним сравниться - men-at-arms be at the bar be diligent at lessons - be at grass at the wheel be at the plough be at bat To contest it at sword's point. ≈ Решать дело на мечах.
14) указывает на условия, описывающие ситуацию по, при, на ( или опускается, или по смыслу) Valuable books to be sold at auction. ≈ Ценные книги пойдут с молотка. They got the land at $2 an acre. ≈ Он получили землю по два доллара за акр. She shall not look at her race at false view. ≈ Она не будет иметь ложно представления о своем роде. The preceding specimens have not been taken at random. ≈ Вышеуказанные образцы выбирались отнюдь не случайно. The water boils at 100 degrees centigrade. ≈ Вода кипит при ста градусах Цельсия. The car ran at full speed. ≈ Машина летела на полной скорости. at best at most at least at worst set smb.'s counsel at nought at risk at your own risk be at loss
15) о производимой деятельности, употребляется с обозначением деятельности, процесса или состояния за, на, в (или по смыслу) What a pleasant picture - a brontosaurus at rest. ≈ Какая прекрасная картина - отдыхающий бронтозавр. One who is at peace within himself. ≈ Тот, кто живет в мире с самим собой. Men at work. ≈ Мужчины за работой. The countries were at war. ≈ Страны находились в состоянии войны. As she sits at supper. ≈ Когда она ужинает. The case is still at hearing. ≈ Дело все еще в суде. They were sometimes at fault. ≈ Иногда они ошибались.
16) о позиции или положении на, под In some of the vessels at anchor. ≈ На некоторых судах из тех, что стоят на якоре. At right angles to the axis. ≈ Под прямыми углами к оси.
17) о настроении или расположении духа, переводится по смыслу He can do that at his will. ≈ Он может это сделать, когда захочет. Your are at my mercy. ≈ Я волен тебя помиловать, я же волен тебя казнить, ты полностью в моих руках The gods come at my command ≈ Я отдал приказ, и вот, боги грядут (M.Weis, T. Hickman, "Time of the Twins"). At my witting I transgressed never. ≈ По своей воле я никогда не нарушал закона.
18) указывает на время, когда нечто происходит или произошло From three at afternoon till nine at night. ≈ С трех дня до девяти вечера. All I have to say at present. ≈ Это все, что я имею сказать на данный момент. At the return of the Army. ≈ По возвращении из армии. He was then at thirty. ≈ Ему было тогда тридцать лет. A town at our being there, but thinly inhabited. ≈ Когда мы там были, это уже был город, но все же народу там жило мало. At the Restoration Hyde became chief minister. ≈ После реставрации Хайд стал премьер-министром. - at once be at age
19) о количестве раз To complete the business at two sittings. ≈ Дело было решено за две встречи. at a time
20) о порядке, в котором нечто происходит - at first - at last at conclusion
21) указывает на причину, по которой что-л. происходит, на источник по (или по смыслу) It is at his insistence that I shall continue my rural speculations. ≈ И только по его настоянию я продолжу свои наблюдения за жизнью в деревне. At their voices he drew the sword back. ≈ Услышав их голоса, он опустил меч. II сокр. от AT - apparent time;
астр. истинное время III сокр. от atomic атомный IV сокр. от airtight герметическийв пространственном значении указывает на: нахождение около какого-л. предмета у, около - at the door у двери - at the table за столом, у стола нахождение в каком-л. месте на, в - at my aunt's (в доме) у моей тетки - at the factory на фабрике нахождение в каком-л. географическом пункте, особ.небольшом в, на - at Elgin в Элгине - at St.Helena на острове Св.Елены достижение места назначения к, на, в, до - to arrive at one's destination прибыть к месту( на место) назначения - to arrive at Manchester прибыть (приехать) в Манчестер проникновение через дверь, калитку и т. п. через, сквозь - to come in at the front door войти через парадную дверь при обозначении временных отношений указывает на какой-л. момент или период времени в, на, при, по - at two o'clock в два часа - at dusk в сумерки - at dawn на закате - at night ночью - at an appointed date в назначенный срок - at present в настоящее время - at one's arrival по прибытии - at parting при расставании - at the beginning of the twentieth century в начале двадцатого века возраст в - at an early age в раннем возрасте - at the age of 70, at 70 years of age в возрасте 70 лет указывает на деятельность или процесс, часто связанные с нахождением в определенном месте в, на, у, за - at school в школе - at Oxford в Оксфорде - at the wheel за рулем, за штурвалом - at the piano за роялем - at the meeting на собрании - at dinner за обедом указывает на состояние в, за, на - at peace в мире - at war в состоянии войны - at rest в покое;
без движения, неподвижный;
мертвый - at leisure на досуге - at work за работой - at table за едой, за обедом, ужином и т. п. указывает на направленность действия на, в, за - to point at smb., smth. указывать на кого-л., на что-л. - to look at smb., smth. смотреть на кого-л., на что-л. - to throw smth. at smb. бросать что-л. в кого-л. - to shoot at smb., smth. стрелять в кого-л., во что-л. (но промахнуться) - to talk at smb. разговаривать с кем-л. агрессивно - up and at them, boys! вперед, ребята, бей их! указывает на образ действия в, с, на - at a flash в одно мгновение - at intervals с промежутками, с перерывами, время от времени - at a run бегом - at a foot's pace шагом указывает на причину при, по, на - at the sign по знаку - at smb.'s request по чьей-л. просьбе - to be angry at smth. злиться на что-л. - surprise at smth. удивление по поводу чего-л. - he was pleased at hearing the news он обрадовался, услышав новость указывает на количество, меру, цену при, на, по, с, в - at 90 Fahrenheit при 90 по Фаренгейту - at 2 pounds a dozen по два фунта за дюжину - at a speed of 25 km со скоростью 25 км указывает на предмет занятий над, в - to work at smth. трудиться над чем-л., заниматься чем-л. - he is working at physics он занимается физикой - what are you at? (разговорное) чем вы занимаетесь? что вы делаете? - he is hard at it он за это взялся серьезно, он усиленно работает над этим сферу проявления способностей к - good at langauges способный к языкам - he is quick at understanding он сообразителен в сочетаниях at that к тому же - he lost his umbrella and a new one at that он потерял зонт, да еще новый к тому же на том - let it go at that на том мы и покончим даже так - at that you can make good profit даже так (при этих условиях) вы можете выиграть (выгадать)aim ~ добиваться aim ~ домогаться aim ~ направлять aim ~ нацеливать aim ~ ставить своей целью aim ~ стремитьсяat prep употр. в словосочетаниях, содержащих указание на количество, меру, цену при, на, по, с, в, за;
at a speed of 70 km со скоростью 70 км ~ prep во временном значении указывает на возраст в;
at the age of 25, at 25 years of age в возрасте 25 лет;
at an early age в раннем возрасте ~ prep во временном значении указывает на момент или период времени в, на;
at six o'clock в шесть часов;
at dinnertime в обеденное время;
во время обеда ~ prep в пространств. значении указывает на движение в определенном направлении в, к, на;
to throw a stone at smb. бросить камнем в (кого-л.) ~ prep в пространств. значении указывает на достижение места назначения к, в, на, до;
trains arrive at the terminus every halfhour поезда приходят на конечную станцию каждые полчаса ~ prep в пространств. значении указывает на местонахождение в, на, у, при;
at Naples в Неаполе ~ prep указывает на действие, занятие за ~ prep указывает на источник из, в;
to get information at the fountainhead получать сведения из первоисточника;
to find out the address at the informationbureau узнать адрес в справочном бюро ~ prep указывает на причину при, по, на;
передается тж. твор. падежом;
at (smb.'s) request по (чьей-л.) просьбе;
to be surprised at smth. удивляться( чему-л.) ~ prep указывает на состояние, положение в, на;
at anchor на якоре;
at war в состоянии войны;
at peace в мире;
at watch на посту;
at leisure на досуге ~ prep указывает на сферу проявления способностей к;
clever at physics способный к физике;
good at languages способный к языкам ~ prep указывает на характер, способ действия в, с, на;
передается тж. твор. падежом;
at a run бегом;
at a gulp одним глотком;
at a snail's pace черепашьим шагом~ prep указывает на характер, способ действия в, с, на;
передается тж. твор. падежом;
at a run бегом;
at a gulp одним глотком;
at a snail's pace черепашьим шагом~ high remuneration за большое вознаграждение;
at three shillings a pound по три шиллинга за фунт;
at a high price по высокой цене~ a meeting на собрании;
at a depth of six feet на глубине шести футов;
at the window у окна~ prep указывает на характер, способ действия в, с, на;
передается тж. твор. падежом;
at a run бегом;
at a gulp одним глотком;
at a snail's pace черепашьим шагом run: run бег, пробег;
at a run бегом ;
on the run на ходу, в движении;
on the run all day весь день в беготне ~ тех. погон, фракция (напр., нефти) ;
at a run подряд ;
in the long run в конце концов;
в общем;
to go with a run = идти как по маслу~ prep указывает на характер, способ действия в, с, на;
передается тж. твор. падежом;
at a run бегом;
at a gulp одним глотком;
at a snail's pace черепашьим шагом snail: snail тех. спираль;
at a snail's pace = черепашьим шагомat prep употр. в словосочетаниях, содержащих указание на количество, меру, цену при, на, по, с, в, за;
at a speed of 70 km со скоростью 70 км~ prep во временном значении указывает на возраст в;
at the age of 25, at 25 years of age в возрасте 25 лет;
at an early age в раннем возрасте~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиями~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиями~ the end of the lesson в конце урока;
at dawn на заре;
at night ночью;
at present в настоящее время, теперь dawn: ~ рассвет, утренняя заря;
at dawn на рассвете, на заре~ prep во временном значении указывает на момент или период времени в, на;
at six o'clock в шесть часов;
at dinnertime в обеденное время;
во время обеда~ high remuneration за большое вознаграждение;
at three shillings a pound по три шиллинга за фунт;
at a high price по высокой цене~ the hospital при больнице;
at home дома home: ~ дом, жилище;
at home дома, у себя;
to make one's home поселиться;
make yourself at home будьте как дома at ~ дома~ prep указывает на состояние, положение в, на;
at anchor на якоре;
at war в состоянии войны;
at peace в мире;
at watch на посту;
at leisure на досуге leisure: leisure досуг, свободное время;
at leisure на досуге;
не спеша;
to be at leisure быть свободным, незанятым;
do it at your leisure сделайте это, когда вам будет удобно~ prep в пространств. значении указывает на местонахождение в, на, у, при;
at Naples в Неаполе~ the end of the lesson в конце урока;
at dawn на заре;
at night ночью;
at present в настоящее время, теперь night: at ~ вечером at ~ ночью~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиямиat par по номиналу par: ~ номинальная цена, номинал;
at par по номинальной цене, по номиналу;
above (below) par выше (ниже) номинальной стоимости at ~ по номинальной стоимости at ~ по паритету~ prep указывает на состояние, положение в, на;
at anchor на якоре;
at war в состоянии войны;
at peace в мире;
at watch на посту;
at leisure на досуге~ the end of the lesson в конце урока;
at dawn на заре;
at night ночью;
at present в настоящее время, теперь present: ~ настоящее время;
at present в данное время;
for the present на этот раз, пока~ prep указывает на причину при, по, на;
передается тж. твор. падежом;
at (smb.'s) request по (чьей-л.) просьбе;
to be surprised at smth. удивляться (чему-л.) request: ~ просьба;
требование;
at (или by) request по просьбе;
to make a request обратиться с просьбой~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиями~ prep во временном значении указывает на момент или период времени в, на;
at six o'clock в шесть часов;
at dinnertime в обеденное время;
во время обеда~ that на том;
let it go at that на том мы и покончили ~ that притом, к тому же;
she lost her handbag and a new one at that она потеряла сумочку, да еще новую к тому же~ prep во временном значении указывает на возраст в;
at the age of 25, at 25 years of age в возрасте 25 лет;
at an early age в раннем возрасте~ the end of the lesson в конце урока;
at dawn на заре;
at night ночью;
at present в настоящее время, теперь~ the hospital при больнице;
at home дома~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиями~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиями~ a meeting на собрании;
at a depth of six feet на глубине шести футов;
at the window у окна~ high remuneration за большое вознаграждение;
at three shillings a pound по три шиллинга за фунт;
at a high price по высокой цене~ prep указывает на состояние, положение в, на;
at anchor на якоре;
at war в состоянии войны;
at peace в мире;
at watch на посту;
at leisure на досуге war: in the ~ во время войны;
war to the knife война на истребление;
борьба не на живот, а на смерть;
at war в состоянии войны~ prep указывает на состояние, положение в, на;
at anchor на якоре;
at war в состоянии войны;
at peace в мире;
at watch на посту;
at leisure на досуге~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиями ~ work за работой;
at work в действии;
at breakfast за завтраком;
at school в школе;
at court в суде;
at the piano за роялем;
at the wheel за рулем;
at one's studies за занятиями work: ~ работа;
труд;
занятие;
дело;
at work за работой;
to be at work (upon smth.) быть занятым( чем-л.)~ prep во временном значении указывает на возраст в;
at the age of 25, at 25 years of age в возрасте 25 лет;
at an early age в раннем возрасте~ prep указывает на причину при, по, на;
передается тж. твор. падежом;
at (smb.'s) request по (чьей-л.) просьбе;
to be surprised at smth. удивляться (чему-л.)~ prep указывает на сферу проявления способностей к;
clever at physics способный к физике;
good at languages способный к языкам~ prep указывает на источник из, в;
to get information at the fountainhead получать сведения из первоисточника;
to find out the address at the informationbureau узнать адрес в справочном бюро~ prep указывает на источник из, в;
to get information at the fountainhead получать сведения из первоисточника;
to find out the address at the informationbureau узнать адрес в справочном бюро~ prep указывает на сферу проявления способностей к;
clever at physics способный к физике;
good at languages способный к языкам good: ~ умелый, искусный;
good at languages способный к языкамwe were sad ~ hearing such news мы огорчились, услышав такие новости;
he was shocked at what he saw он был потрясен тем, что увидел~ that на том;
let it go at that на том мы и покончили~ that притом, к тому же;
she lost her handbag and a new one at that она потеряла сумочку, да еще новую к тому же~ prep в пространств. значении указывает на движение в определенном направлении в, к, на;
to throw a stone at smb. бросить камнем в (кого-л.)~ prep в пространств. значении указывает на достижение места назначения к, в, на, до;
trains arrive at the terminus every halfhour поезда приходят на конечную станцию каждые полчасаwe were sad ~ hearing such news мы огорчились, услышав такие новости;
he was shocked at what he saw он был потрясен тем, что увиделwhat are you ~ now? чем вы заняты теперь?, над чем вы работаете теперь? what are you ~ now? что вы затеваете?;
he is at it again он снова взялся за это -
16 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
17 summum
sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:I.super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].Posit.A.Adj.1.In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:2.at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):B.supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—Substt.1.Sŭpĕri, orum, m.(α).They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:(β).multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:2.quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—sŭpĕra, orum, n.(α).The heavenly bodies:(β).Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—Higher places (sc. loca):II.supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.A.Lit., of place, higher, upper:B.inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—Trop.1.Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:b.superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:2.omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:3. (α).Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—With abl. respect.:(β).pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—Absol.:III.ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.A.‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—B. 1.Lit. (only poet.; cf.2.summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—Trop.a. (α).In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;(β).sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:1. 2.supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.suprēma, orum, n.(α).The last moments, the close of life, death:(β).ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:(γ).supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—A last will, testament:(δ). b.nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:C.multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).1.Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):b.summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:2.ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—Transf., of the voice:2.jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—Trop.a.Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):b.haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1. -
18 Superi
sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:I.super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].Posit.A.Adj.1.In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:2.at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):B.supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—Substt.1.Sŭpĕri, orum, m.(α).They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:(β).multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:2.quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—sŭpĕra, orum, n.(α).The heavenly bodies:(β).Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—Higher places (sc. loca):II.supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.A.Lit., of place, higher, upper:B.inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—Trop.1.Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:b.superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:2.omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:3. (α).Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—With abl. respect.:(β).pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—Absol.:III.ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.A.‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—B. 1.Lit. (only poet.; cf.2.summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—Trop.a. (α).In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;(β).sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:1. 2.supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.suprēma, orum, n.(α).The last moments, the close of life, death:(β).ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:(γ).supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—A last will, testament:(δ). b.nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:C.multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).1.Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):b.summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:2.ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—Transf., of the voice:2.jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—Trop.a.Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):b.haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1. -
19 superus
sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:I.super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].Posit.A.Adj.1.In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:2.at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):B.supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—Substt.1.Sŭpĕri, orum, m.(α).They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:(β).multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:2.quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—sŭpĕra, orum, n.(α).The heavenly bodies:(β).Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—Higher places (sc. loca):II.supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.A.Lit., of place, higher, upper:B.inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—Trop.1.Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:b.superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:2.omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:3. (α).Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—With abl. respect.:(β).pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—Absol.:III.ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.A.‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—B. 1.Lit. (only poet.; cf.2.summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—Trop.a. (α).In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;(β).sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:1. 2.supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.suprēma, orum, n.(α).The last moments, the close of life, death:(β).ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:(γ).supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—A last will, testament:(δ). b.nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:C.multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).1.Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):b.summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:2.ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—Transf., of the voice:2.jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—Trop.a.Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):b.haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1. -
20 suprema
sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:I.super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].Posit.A.Adj.1.In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:2.at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):B.supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—Substt.1.Sŭpĕri, orum, m.(α).They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:(β).multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:2.quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—sŭpĕra, orum, n.(α).The heavenly bodies:(β).Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—Higher places (sc. loca):II.supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.A.Lit., of place, higher, upper:B.inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—Trop.1.Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:b.superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:2.omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:3. (α).Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—With abl. respect.:(β).pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—Absol.:III.ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.A.‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—B. 1.Lit. (only poet.; cf.2.summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—Trop.a. (α).In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;(β).sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:1. 2.supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.suprēma, orum, n.(α).The last moments, the close of life, death:(β).ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:(γ).supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—A last will, testament:(δ). b.nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:C.multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).1.Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):b.summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:2.ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—Transf., of the voice:2.jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—Trop.a.Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):b.haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.
Страницы
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Byzantine Empire — The Byzantine Empire † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at … Catholic encyclopedia
The Saturdays — outside the Rovers Return Inn on the set of Coronation Street. From left: Mollie King, Una Healy, Rochelle Wiseman, Frankie Sandford and Vanessa White Background information … Wikipedia
The Legend of the Condor Heroes — The Legend of Condor Heroes (zh tsp|t=射鵰英雄傳|s=射雕英雄传|p=shè diāo yīng xióng zhuàn) is one of the most acclaimed wuxia novels by Jinyong, first published in 1957 in Hong Kong Commercial Daily . This is the first novel of the Condor Trilogy . The… … Wikipedia
The Chesterfield Supper Club — Perry Como and Jo Stafford broadcasting from a TWA Constellation (April 5, 1946). Genre Musical variety Running time 15 minutes … Wikipedia
The Staunton-Morphy controversy — concerns the failure of negotiations in 1858 for a chess match between Howard Staunton and Paul Morphy and later interpretations of the actions of the two players. The details of the events are not universally agreed, and accounts and… … Wikipedia
The Church of Alexandria — The Church of Alexandria † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church of Alexandria The Church of Alexandria, founded according to the constant tradition of both East and West by St. Mark the Evangelist, was the centre from which Christianity … Catholic encyclopedia
The Pope — The Pope † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Pope (Ecclesiastical Latin papa from Greek papas, a variant of pappas father, in classical Latin pappas Juvenal, Satires 6:633). The title pope, once used with far greater latitude (see below … Catholic encyclopedia
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
The Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask — North American box art Developer(s) Nintendo EAD … Wikipedia
The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past — North American box art Developer(s) Nintendo EAD Publisher(s) … Wikipedia
